Ramset Specifiers Resource Book 09

For additional information or
any further enquiries, contact

your local Ramset™ engineer:
NSW/ACT easteng@ramset.com.au
QLD northeng@ramset.com.au
VIC/TAS southeng@ramset.com.au
WA/SA/NT westeng@ramset.com.au
Specifiers Resource Book

Specifiers
STATE BRANCHES
VICTORIA NEW SOUTH WALES QUEENSLAND
96 Church Street, Richmond 3121 71 Carnarvon Street, Silverwater 2128 281 Montague Road, West End 4101
296-298 Maroondah Highway, 563 Gardeners Road, Mascot 2020 153 Ingham Road, Townsville 4810
Resource
HEAD OFFICE Mooroolbark 3138 77 Munibung Road, Cardiff 2285
296-298 Maroondah Highway
Mooroolbark, Victoria 3138 SOUTH AUSTRALIA ACT WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Tel: 03 9726 6222 115 Sir Donald Bradman Drive, 5/19 Tennant Street, 1/12 Colin Jamieson Drive,
Hilton 5033 Fyshwick 2609
© Copyright 2009 RAM9002

Welshpool 6106
ITW Construction Systems Australia Pty. Ltd. ABN 48 004 297 009 trading as Ramset™. ™Trademarks of Cetram Pty. Ltd. used under licence by Ramset™ Book
Edition 2
Sales, Orders and Enquiries

Tel: 1300 780 063
Fax: 1300 780 064
Edition 2
Email: enquiry@ramset.com.au
Web: www.ramset.com.au
Introduction Specifiers Resource Book
Specifiers Resource Book Design Worksheet

STEP 2 Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor
Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc x
Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne x
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae
x or
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai
Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =
STEP 3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, ØNus
Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf
ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
N* / ØNur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1. TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED
STEP 4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, ØVuc
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc x
Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd x
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva x
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn x
Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn =
STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, ØVus
™ Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, ØVsf
ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
V* / ØVur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

✔ IS09001 accredited test facility
✔ Tested in Australian building materials If not satisfied return to step 1. SHEAR DESIGN COMPLETED
✔ Tested to Australian Standards STEP 6 Combined loading and specification

Quality
✔ Australian Engineers derive performance data ISO 9001
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2 ? / + / = Tick
It means our customers can If not satisfied return to step 1. DESIGN CHECK COMPLETED
specify with confidence! Specify
Ramset™ extensive technical support literature is available from

www.ramset.com.au or a Ramset™ Engineer in your state.
2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 243

Introduction
Welcome To The Ramset™

This concise and systematically presented book contains the information most useful to Specifiers, Engineers and
Architects when selecting the concrete anchoring solution that best suits their project.
Selection of a concrete anchoring product is made on the basis of the basic type of fixing (bolt, stud or internally
threaded), macro environment, (e.g. coastal or inland), micro environment (particular chemicals) and of course the
capacity that best meets the design load case.
Where the fixing is simple and does not warrant strength limit state calculations, selection on the basis of load case
is made simple with working load limit tables for each concrete anchor.
Where more rigorous design and strength limit state calculation is required, the simplified step-by-step method
presented in this booklet will allow rapid selection and verification of the appropriate concrete anchor.
The Brick and Block anchoring section gives design professionals guidance as to the behaviour of a number of
fixings suitable for use in a variety of both solid and hollow pre-manufactured masonry units.
The capacity information presented considers the elemental nature of pre-manufactured masonry units and advises
designers as to suitable locations within the units accordingly.
We're confident that you will find this book both useful and informative.
For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local Ramset™ engineer:
or call 1300 780 063
At Ramset™ we are committed to ongoing innovation in our engineering resources. As a reflection of our
continued product innovation and development, this latest edition includes the following improvements:
✓ New Rebar Anchorage section.
✓ New improved Post Installed Rebar section in line with AS3600.
✓ New galvanised AnkaScrew™ now included.
✓ New Construction Chemicals section.
✓ New Fire Rated Protection Systems section.
www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 3

Contents
Section Page No Section Page No Section Page No
INTRODUCTION 3 15 ChemSet™ 101 Injection

j BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING
1 LEGEND OF SYMBOLS 5 15.1 General Information 99 Introduction 204
15.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 100 30 Typical Masonry Units 205-207
2 NOTATION 6 15.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 100
3 DESIGN PROCESS 7 15.4 Strength Limit State Design 101-106 31 ChemSet™ Injection
j 101
3.1 Simplified
p Design
g Approach
pp 8-11 31.1 General Information 208
3.2 Worked Example 12-15 31.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 209
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - 31.3 Engineering Properties 209
4 ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE 16-18 Post Installed Reinforcing Bar
Introduction 108 32 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors
5 ANCHOR SELECTION GUIDE 19-23 16 Design
g Process 32.1 General Information 210
5.1 Environmental Considerations 19 16.1 Design
g Process to AS3600-2001 110 32.2 Description
5.2 Installation Considerations 19 16.2 Worked Examplep 111 32.3 Engineering Properties 211
5.3 Anchor Feature Guide 20 16.3 Estimatingg Charts 112-113
5.4 Anchor Application
pp Guide 21 16.4 Engineering Properties 114 33 DynaBolt
y ™ Anchor Hex Bolt
5.5 Chemical Resistance Guide 22-23 33.1 General Information 212
17 ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Injection
j 33.2 Description
6 ANCHORING TECHNOLOGY 24-43 17.1 General Information 115 33.3 Engineering Properties 213
6.1 Derivation of Capacity
p y 24 17.2 Description
6.2 Anchoringg Principles
p 25-27 17.3 Strength Limit State Design 116-123 34 RamPlug g™ Anchors
6.3 Base Materials 28-29 34.1 General Information 214
6.4 Designg 30 18 ChemSet™ 801 Injection
j 34.2 Description and Part Numbers 215
6.5 Tension 31-34 18.1 General Information 125
6.6 Shear 35-36 18.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 125 TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE
6.7 Bendingg 37 18.3 Strength Limit State Design 126-133 INFORMATION
6.8 Combined Loadingg 38
6.9 Anchor Groupsp 39 19 ChemSet™ 101 Injection
j Introduction 217
6.10 Assemblyy Torque
q and Preload 40 19.1 General Information 135 35.1 Strength
g Limit State Design
g Info. 217
6.11 Longg Term Preload Degradation
g 41 19.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 135 35.2 Working Load Limit Design Info. 217
6.12 Slipp Load and Cyclic
y Loadingg 42 19.3 Strength Limit State Design 136-143
6.13 Corrosion 43 CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS
6.14 Fire 43 MECHANICAL ANCHORING Introduction 218
Introduction 144 36.1 Estimatingg Charts 219
20 SpaTec
p ™ Plus Safety y Anchors 36.2 Joint Configuration & Design 219-220
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - 20.1 General Information 145
Anchor Studs 37 Ramset™ Epoxy
p y Grout
Introduction & Estimatingg Chart 44 20.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 146 37.1 General Information 221
7 ChemSet™ Anchor Studs 20.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 146 37.2 Typical
yp Properties
p 221
7.1 General Information 44 20.4 Strength Limit State Design 147-152 37.3 Curingg 222
7.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 45 37.4 Anchor Installation - Epoxy
p y Grout 222
7.3 Engineering Properties 45 21 Boa™ Coil Expansion
p Anchors 37.5 Description and Part Numbers 222
21.1 General Information 153
8 ChemSet™ REO502 Injection
j 21.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 154 38 Ramset™ Premier Grout MP
8.1 General Information 47 21.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 154 38.1 General Information 223
8.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 48 21.4 Strength Limit State Design 155-160 38.2 Typical
yp Properties
p 223-224
8.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 48 38.3 Curingg 224
8.4 Strength Limit State Design 49-54 22 TruBolt™ Stud Anchors 38.1 Description and Part Numbers 224
22.1 General Information 161
9 ChemSet™ 801 Injection
j 22.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 162 FIRE RATED PROTECTION
g g Properties
p 163 Introduction 226
9.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 56 22.4 Strength Limit State Design 164-170 39 BlazeBrake™ Polyurethane
y Foam
9.3 Engineering
g g Properties
9.4 Strength Limit State Design 57-62 23 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors 39.3 Typical
yp Properties
p 227-228
23.1 General Information 171 39.4 Description and Part Numbers 228
j 23.2 Description
g g Properties
p 172 40 BlazeBrake™ Acrylic
y Sealant
10.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 64 23.4 Strength Limit State Design 173-178 40.1 General Information 229
10.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 64 40.2 Typical
yp Properties
p 229-230
10.4 Strength Limit State Design 65-70 24 DynaBolt
y ™ Sleeve Anchors 40.3 Curingg 230
24.1 General Information 179 40.4 Joint Design
g 231
11 ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin p Capsules
p 24.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 180 40.5 Description and Part Numbers 231
g g Properties
p 180
™
11.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 72 24.4 Strength Limit State Design 181-186 41 FyreBrake
y Polyurethane
y Sealant
11.3 Engineering
g g Properties
11.4 Strength Limit State Design 73-78 25 DynaSet
y ™ Dropp In Anchors 41.2 Typical
yp Properties
p 232-233
25.1 General Information 187 41.3 Curingg 233
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - 25.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 188 41.4 Joint Design
g 233
Reinforcing Bar Anchorage 25.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 188 41.5 Description and Part Numbers 234
Introduction 80 25.4 Strength Limit State Design 189-194
ChemSet™ Reinforcingg Bar 42 Stackwork Fire Collars
12.1 Estimatingg Charts 81-82 26 RediDrive™ Hammer In Anchors 42.1 General Information 235
12.2 Engineering Properties 82 26.1 General Information 195 42.2 Description
p and Part No. Cast-in 236
26.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 196 42.3 Description and Part No. Retrofit 237
26.3 Engineering Properties 196
13 ChemSet™ REO502 Injection
j 43 Fire Rated Anchors
13.1 General Information 83 27 ShureDrive™ Anchors 43.1 General Information 238-239
13.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 84 27.1 General Information 197
13.3 Engineering
g g Properties
p 84 27.2 Description and Part Numbers 198 CAST-IN ANCHORING
13.4 Strength Limit State Design 85-90 Introduction 240
j 28 RamPlug g™ Anchors 44 Reid™ Elephant
p Foot Ferrules
14.1 General Information 91 28.1 General Information 199 44.1 General Information 241
14.2 Description
p and Part Numbers 92 28.2 Description and Part Numbers 200 45 ™
Reid Round Bar Ferrules
14.3 Engineering
g g Properties
14.4 Strength Limit State Design 93-98 29 EasyDrive
y ™ Nylon
y Anchors
29.1 General Information 201 SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK
29.2 Description and Part Numbers 202 DESIGN WORKSHEET 242-243
4 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063

1
Legend of Symbols
We have developed this set of easily recognisable icons to assist with product selection.
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.
Suitable for elevated temperate applications.
Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Structural anchor components made from steel.
loading. Resists loosening under vibration. Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution
to holding power under elevated temperatures.
Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp May be used close to edges (or another
the fixture to the base material and provide anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
high resistance to cyclic loading.
Suitable for use in seismic design. Temporary or removable anchor.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues.
Steel Zinc Plated to AS1791-1986. AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Minimum thickness 6 micron. agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants.
Recommended for internal applications only. Recommended for internal or external applications
in marine or corrosive environments.
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS1650-1989
and AS1214-1983. Corrosion resistant.
Minimum thickness 42 micron. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.
For external applications.
INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.
Suitable for floor applications. Chemical anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications. Chemical anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Chemical anchors suitable for use in holes

Suitable for overhead applications.
filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow Suitable for use in drilled holes.
core concrete applications.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate

Suitable for use in cored holes.
using fixture as template.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete Suitable for contact with drinking water
applications. for human consumption

2
Notation
Specifiers Resource Guide
GENERAL NOTATION
a = actual anchor spacing (mm) k1 = see AS3600 - 2001 Xnae = anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension
ac = critical anchor spacing (mm) k2 = see AS3600 - 2001 Xnai = anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,
am = absolute minimum anchor spacing (mm) L = anchor length (mm) tension
Ab = reinforcing bar stress area (mm2) Le = anchor effective length (mm) Xnc = concrete compressive strength effect,
tension
As = stress area (mm2) Lst = length of reinforcing bar to develop
tensile stress σst (mm) Xne = edge distance effect, tension
Ast = stress area of reinforcing bar (mm2)
Lsy.t = reinforcing bar length to develop Xuc = characteristic ultimate capacity
bm = minimum substrate thickness (mm)
steel yield in tension (mm) Xva = anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear
db = bolt diameter (mm)
Lsy.t (nom) = length of reinforcing bar to develop Xvc = concrete compressive strength effect, shear
df = fixture hole diameter (mm) full steel yield in 32 MPa concrete (mm) Xvd = load direction effect, concrete edge shear
dh = drilled hole diameter (mm) Lt = thread length (mm) Xvn = multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear
e = actual edge distance (mm) n = number of fixings in a group Xvs = corner edge shear effect, shear
ec = critical edge distance (mm) Nsy = tensile steel yield load capacity Xvsc = concrete compressive strength effect,
em = absolute minimum edge distance (mm) Nub = characteristic ultimate tensile combined concrete/steel shear
f’c = concrete cylinder characteristic adhesive bond capacity (kN) Z = section modulus (mm3)
compressive strength (MPa) PL = long term, retained preload (kN) ß = concrete cube characteristic
f’cff = concrete flexural tensile strength (MPa) PLi = initial preload (kN) compressive strength (N/mm2)
fsy = reinforcing bar steel yield strength (MPa) Pr = proof load (kN) μT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction
fu = characteristic ultimate steel t = total thickness of fastened x = mean ultimate capacity
tensile strength (MPa) material(s) (mm) σst = steel tensile stress
fy = characteristic steel yield strength (MPa) Tr = assembly torque (Nm) σst (nom) = steel tensile stress of reinforcing bar
h = anchor effective depth (mm) Xe = edge distance effect, tension bonded into 32 MPa concrete
hn = nominal effective depth (mm) Xna = anchor spacing effect, tension
g = gap or non-structural thickness (mm)
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION

M* = design bending action effect (kN.m) Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile Vusc = characteristic ultimate combined
Mu = characteristic ultimate moment capacity (kN) concrete/steel shear capacity (kN)
capacity (kN.m) Nusr = factored characteristic ultimate Ø = capacity reduction factor
N* = design tensile action effect (kN) steel tensile capacity (kN) Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension
Ntff = nominal ultimate bolt tensile capacity (kN) Ru = characteristic ultimate capacity recommended as 0.6
Nu = characteristic ultimate tensile V* = design shear action effect (kN) Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending
capacity (kN) Vsff = nominal ultimate bolt shear capacity (kN) recommended as 0.8
Nuc = characteristic ultimate concrete Vu = ultimate shear capacity (kN) Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension
tensile capacity (kN) recommended as 0.8
Vuc = characteristic ultimate concrete
Nucr = factored characteristic ultimate edge shear capacity (kN) Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete edge
concrete tensile capacity (kN) shear recommended as 0.6
Vur = design ultimate shear capacity (kN)
Nur = design ultimate tensile capacity (kN) Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear
Vurc = design ultimate concrete edge shear recommended as 0.8
Nurc = design ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN)
capacity (kN) Vus = characteristic ultimate steel shear
capacity (kN)
PERMISSIBLE STRESS NOTATION

fs = factor of safety Na = working load limit tensile capacity (kN) Ra= working load limit capacity (kN)
fsc = factor of safety for substrate = 3.0 Nac = working load limit concrete tensile V = applied shear load (kN)
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension capacity (kN) V = working load limit shear capacity (kN)
a
and bending = 2.2 Nar = factored working load limit tensile Var
= factored working load limit shear
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5 capacity (kN) capacity (kN)
M = applied moment (kNm) Nas = working load limit steel tensile V = working load limit steel shear
capacity (kN) as capacity (kN)
Ma = working load limit moment capacity (kNm)
Nasr = factored working load limit steel
N = applied tensile load (kN) tensile capacity (kN)

3
Design Process
Specifiers Resource Guide
This information is provided for the guidance of qualified structural engineers or other suitably skilled persons in the design of anchors. It is
the designers responsibility to ensure compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice, building regulations, workplace regulations
and statutes as applicable.
This manual allows the designer to determine load carrying capacities based on actual application and installation conditions.
The designer must first select the anchor style/type to suit application and environmental conditions through the use of tables 5.1, 5.2, 5.3,
5.4 and 5.5 to identify the specific product features, dimensional properties and environmental characteristics required.
Then select an appropriate anchor size to meet the required load case through the use of either the working load information provided or by
Design Process
use of the simplified design process described on the page opposite to arrive at recommendations in line with strength limit state
design principles.
Ramset™ has developed this Simplified Design Approach to achieve strength limit state design, and to allow for rapid selection of a
suitable anchor and through systematic analysis, establish that it will meet the required design criteria under strength limit state principles.
The necessary diagrams, tables etc. for each specific product are included in this publication.
Ramset™ has also developed a software tool “Ramset Anchor Design” to enable engineers to quickly select suitable anchors for a specific
set of design conditions and output the results for project file reference.
See section 4 of this publication for further details and an example of how to use the “Ramset Anchor Design” software.

3.1
Simplified Design
Approach
We have developed this design process to provide accurate anchor performance predictions and allow appropriate design solutions in an efficient
and time saving manner.
Our experience over many years of anchor design has enabled us to develop this process which enables accurate and quick solutions without the
need to work labouriously from first principles each time.
PRELIMINARY SELECTION
Design Process
Establish the design action effects, N* and V* (Tension and Shear) acting on each anchor being examined using the appropriate load combinations
detailed in the AS1170 series of Australian Standards.
Refer to charts 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 in order to select an anchor type that best meets the needs of your application.
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
STEP 1 Select anchor to be evaluated
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – Interaction Diagram’ This is an important structural dimension that will be referred to in
for the anchor type selected, looking up N* and V* to select the anchor subsequent tables.
size most likely to meet the design requirements.
Typically, greater effective depths will result in greater concrete
Note that the Interaction Diagram is for a specific concrete tensile capacities.
compressive strength and does not consider edge distance and anchor
spacing effects, hence is a guide only and its use should not replace a ACTION Note down the anchor effective depth, h.
complete design process. Note also the product part no. referenced.
ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.
Having selected an anchor size, check that the design values for edge
Checkpoint 1
distance and anchor spacing comply with the absolute minima detailed
in table 1b. If your design values do not comply, adjust the design Anchor size selected ?
layout.
Absolute minima compliance achieved ?
Calculate the anchor effective depth as detailed in step 1c. Anchor effective depth calculated ?
If the above questions are answered satisfactorily,

proceed to step 2.

3.1
Simplified Design
Approach
Referring to table 2a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate For designs involving more than one anchor, consideration must be
concrete tensile capacity (ØNuc). This is the basic capacity, given to the influence of anchor spacing on tensile capacity. Use either
uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacings and is for the of tables 2d or 2e to establish the anchor spacing effect, tension, Xnae
specific concrete compressive strength(s) noted. or Xnai.
ACTION Note down the value for ØNuc ACTION Note down the value of Xnae or Xnai
Design Process
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc by
referring to table 2b. This multiplier considers the influence of the
actual concrete compressive strength compared to that used in table
2a above.
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ACTION Note down the value for Xnc
ØNurcc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnaee or Xnai ) (kN)
If the concrete edge distance is close enough to the anchor being
evaluated, that anchors tensile performance may be reduced. Use
table 2c, edge distance effect, tension, Xne to determine if the design This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete
edge distance influences the anchors tensile capacity. compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at the
design reduced concrete tensile capacity.
ACTION Note down the value for Xne
ACTION Note down the value of ØNurc
Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),

consideration must now be given to other tensile failure mechanisms.
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity

Now that we have obtained capacity information for all tensile failure
(ØNus) from table(s) 3a.
mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
ACTION Note down the value of ØNus
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur
bolt such as the DynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 3b to verify the
reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity (ØNtff). ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
Check N* / ØNur ≤ 1,
if not satisfied return to step 1
This completes the tensile design process, we now look to verify that
adequate shear capacity is available.

3.1
Simplified Design
Approach
Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate Examples

concrete edge shear capacity (ØVuc). This is the basic capacity,
uninfluenced by anchor spacings and is for the specific edge distance
and concrete compressive strength(s) noted.
ACTION Note down the value for ØVuc

Design Process
n=3
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc by V*TOTAL
referring to table 4b. This multiplier considers the influence of the
actual concrete compressive strength compared to the nominal value
used in table 4a above.
ACTION Note down the value for Xvc
The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edge is

considered through the factor Xvd, load direction effect, shear. n=2
V*TOTAL
Use table 4c to establish its value.
Assume slotted holes to
ACTION Note down the value for Xvd prevent shear take up.
For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence of the

anchor spacing on the concrete edge shear capacity is considered by
the factor Xva, anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear.
Note that this factor deals with a row of anchors parallel to the edge
n=2
and assumes that all anchors are loaded equally.
V*TOTAL
If designing for a single anchor, Xva = 1.0
Note: Consider capacity of two anchors in row
ACTION Note down the value for Xva closest to edge only,
ie. anchor load = V*TOTALL/2 to each anchor.
In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to all anchors
within a row of anchors aligned parallel to an edge, calculate the ACTION Note down the value for Xvn
multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn.
If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
ØVurcc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)
This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete

compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at
the design reduced concrete shear capacity.
For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel to an

edge, this value is the average capacity of each anchor assuming each
is loaded equally.
ACTION Note down the value of ØVurc

3.1
Simplified Design
Approach
Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),

consideration must now be given to other shear failure mechanisms.
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity

(ØVus) from table(s) 5a. Design reduced shear capacity, ØVur
Design Process
ACTION Note down the value for ØVus
Now that we have obtained capacity information for all shear failure
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
bolt such as the DynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 5b to verify the
reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity (ØVsff).
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1,
This completes the shear design process, we now look to verify that
adequate combined capacity is available for load cases having both
shear and tensile components.
STEP 6 Combined loading and specification
For load cases having both tensile and shear components, verify that
the relationship represented here is satisfied.
Check
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,


3.2
Worked Example
Strength Limit State Design
Verify capacity of the anchors detailed below:
Given data:
Concrete compressive strength f’c 50 MPa
Design tensile action effect N*TOTAL 80 kN
150 150 150
Design shear action effect V*TOTAL 180 kN
Edge distance e 250 mm
Anchor spacing a 150 mm A B C D
Design Process
Fixture plate + grout thickness t 17 mm 250

No. of anchors in shear n 4 V*TOTAL
As the design process considers design action effects PER anchor, α = 30°
distribute the total load case to each anchor as is deemed appropriate.
In this case, equal load distribution is considered appropriate hence,
Design tensile action effect (per anchor) N* 20 kN

Design shear action effect (per anchor) V* 45 kN
Given that each of the ‘interior’ anchors is influenced by two adjacent

anchors, verify capacity for anchor ‘B’ in this case.
From the information presented in tables 5.1 – 5.5, it is established

that SpaTec™ Plus anchors will be suitable for selection.
Having completed the preliminary selection component of the design

process, commence the Strength Limit State Design process.

3.2
Worked Example
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram’ The effective depth, h, is calculated by making reference to the
on page 147. Applying both the N* value and V* value to the ‘Description and Part Numbers’ table on page 146 and calculating
interaction, it can be seen that the intersection of the two values falls effective depth, h = Le - t.
within the M16 “band”.
Hence, h = 125 - 17
ACTION M16 anchor size selected. = 108 mm
Design Process
Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met. ACTION h = 108
Anchor selected is SP16145
From table 1b (page 147) for M16 SpaTec™ Plus, it is required that
edge distance, e > 160 mm. and that anchor spacing,
a > 105 mm.
The design values of e = 250 mm and a = 150 mm comply with

these minima, hence continue to step 1c.
Anchor size selected ? M16

Absolute minima
compliance achieved ? Yes
Anchor effective
depth calculated ? h = 108 mm with SP16145
Referring to table 2a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor As we are considering anchor ‘B’ for this example, use table 2e
at h = 110 mm (closest to our design value of h = 108 mm). on page 149 to verify the anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,
tension, Xnai value. If we were inspecting anchors ‘A’ or ‘D’ we would
ACTION ØNuc = 54.6 kN use table 2d for anchors at the end of a row.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc value ACTION Xnai = 0.45
from table 2b.
ACTION Xnc = 1.25
Verify the edge distanced effect, tension, Xne value from

table 2c.
ACTION Xne = 1.00 (no effect) Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurcc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * Xnai (kN)

= 54.6 * 1.25 * 1.00 * 0.45
= 30.7 kN
ACTION ØNurc = 30.7 kN

3.2
Worked Example
From table 3a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile
capacity, ØNus.
For an M16 SpaTec™ Plus, ØNus = 100.5 kN.

ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus
ACTION ØNus = 100.5 kN
Design Process
In this case ØNur = 30.7 kN

(governed by concrete capacity).
20 / 30.7 = 0.65 ≤ 1
Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.
Referring to table 4a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor In order to distribute the shear load evenly to all anchors in the group,
at e = 250 mm. the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn value is retrieved
from table 4e.
ACTION ØVuc = 80.2 kN
The ratio of (a / e) for this design case is 150 / 250 = 0.6.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xvc value
from table 4b. ACTION Xvn = 0.69
ACTION Xvc = 1.25
Verify the load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd

value using table 4c.
ACTION Xvd = 1.32 for angle of 30 degrees to normal. Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
Verify the anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva ØVurcc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)
value using table 4d. = 80.2 * 1.25 * 1.32 * 0.62 * 0.69
= 56.6 kN
ACTION Xva = 0.62
ACTION ØVurc = 56.6 kN
From table 5a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate

steel shear capacity, ØVus.
The shear capacity available from the SpaTec™ Plus anchor is

subject to its effective depth, h value. As was noted earlier ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus
h = 108 mm for this example, hence,
In this case ØVur = 56.6 kN
for an M16 SpaTec™ Plus at h = 108 mm, ØVus = 104.5 kN (governed by concrete capacity).
ACTION ØVus = 104.5 kN Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1,

45 / 56.6 = 0.80 ≤ 1
Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.

3.2
Worked Example
Check that the combined loading relationship is satisfied: Re-consider the design using the adjusted values with anchor spacing,
“a” set at 200 mm.
Design Process
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2, ØNuc = 54.6 kN
Xnc = 1.25
20 / 30.7 + 45 / 56.6 = 1.44 > 1.2 Xne = 1.00
Xnai = 0.61
Combined loading criteria FAILED.
Hence ØNurc = 41.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Review the design process and examine the critical factors influencing ØVuc = 80.2 kN
the overall anchor capacity. Xvc = 1.25
Xvd = 1.32
For tension (governed by concrete failure), Xva = 0.66
Xvn = 0.74 (at a = 200 mm, hence a / e = 0.8)
ØNuc = 54.6 kN
Xnc = 1.25 Hence ØVurc = 64.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Xne = 1.00
Xnai = 0.45 Now,
It can be seen from the above values that whilst the concrete
compressive strength effect, Xnc improves the design ultimate tensile
capacity, the anchor spacing effect, Xnai significantly reduces design 20 / 41.6 + 45 / 64.6 = 1.17 < 1.2
ultimate tensile capacity.
Combined loading criteria PASSES.
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xnai.
For shear (governed by concrete failure),
ØVuc = 80.2 kN
Xvc = 1.25
Xvd = 1.32
Xva = 0.62
Xvn = 0.69
Again, the concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc improves the

design ultimate shear capacity. Anchor spacing effect, Xva reduces the
design ultimate shear capacity.
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xva.
Note that increasing the anchor spacing for this design will improve
Xnai, Xva and Xvn.

4
Anchor Design
Software
4.1.1 RAMSET™ ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE 4.1.2 USE OF THE RAMSET™ DESIGN
v1.3 SOFTWARE
Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is provided to assist in the choice Having installed and run the program proceed to the toolbar at the top
of a suitable fastener which meets a specific set of design inputs and of the screen and select the “New” button, this will bring you to the
is intended for use by suitably qualified design professionals. first of four input screens.
Anchor Design Software
The program attempts to acquire the minimum data needed to fully Project/Customer Details
specify the anchoring problem,
On the first screen (Fig. 1) enter Project/Customer Details.
• substrate details These are simply details that will help identify the project you are
• adverse environments designing and will form part of the printed output that can be stored as
• interfering edges and anchors part of the project documentation.
• load case information
and to offer a range of anchors which meet the requirement.
Additional information prompts with defaults, ensuring it has been

considered. Once a selection has been made all inputs, calculated
values and installation details are available as output.
The Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is ideal for considering

complex anchor layouts and grouped anchor configurations. Note
that the calculations being performed relate to the single fastener
currently at the reference location. The software provides a
calculation of the viability of THAT anchor and assumes that all
other anchors:
Fig. 1
• are the same type
• have the same installation conditions, On completion of these details, the “Next” button located on the
• are subject to the same force. bottom of the screen will move you onto the second input screen.
For multiple anchor connections, the design professional must Material Details
therefore distribute the applied load case(s) to each anchor in the
group and evaluate each anchor separately. On the second screen (Fig. 2) enter the Material Details.
These refer directly to the substrate properties of the project you are
This approach allows the designer flexibility in distributing loads designing.
to anchors so as to optimise the connection detail without the
constraints of a software imposed distribution method. Fields which must be completed are;
The software will check that the substrate thickness is adequate for • Fixture and Non Structural Space Thickness
allowing anchor capacity to be generated. The Structural Engineer This refers to the thickness of the fixture and the non structural gap
should check the substrates sectional capacity for resisting the which is any non structural material (e.g. plaster, grout, packer,
applied load. foam) in between the substrate and the fixture.
By default the software will select from a wide range of fasteners • Structural Depth and Compressive Strength
types that suit the design parameters of the specific anchor. This refers to the substrate thickness and its compressive
strength. Note that the program assumes the substrate is a solid
homogeneous material with a particular compressive strength.
Therefore it cannot design hollow block fixings, however core-
filled blockwork can be analysed using an equivalent compressive
strength value.

4
Anchor Design
Software
Fields which may be completed to help define the anchor selection The screen should then be similar to the following.
criteria are:
(Note if these fields are left blank then the program will consider all
possible anchors in the range that would be suitable for the design
conditions you impose.)

• Fastener Environment
These boxes can be “ticked” if there is a particular attribute the
anchor must exhibit. e.g. Selecting the “Corrosive” attribute will
ensure only galvanised and stainless steel fixings are considered and
ignore zinc plated anchors.
• Anchor for Consideration

You can individually select specific anchor types to be considered in
the design, and ignore any that you do not wish to be evaluated. Fig. 3
You will notice from Fig. 4 that the fastener in the cross hairs is the
reference fastener location upon which all calculations are made. You
are able to change the fastener being evaluated to one of the other
anchors - details on how to do this can be found by selecting the
“Help” button.
The “Concrete Compaction Factor” represents the quality of the

concrete. For well vibrated and compacted concrete, this value should
be set at 1.0. For poorly finished or unsupervised edge concrete, set
the value at 1.5.
On Completion of all details, the “Next” button moves you onto the
final input screen, or alternatively select “Previous” to make any
changes to the second input screen.
Fig. 2
Limit State or Working Load Design
On completion of the details, the “Next” button will move you onto the
third input screen, or alternatively hit “Previous” to make any changes The fourth screen (Fig. 4) requires you to enter either the
to the first input screen. Limit State or Working Load Design Loads - applied load on the
single anchor position selected. This refers to the loads applied
Layout of Dimensional Considerations on the anchor in question, and can either be entered in as a strength
Limit State Load or a Working Load.
On the third screen (Fig. 3) enter the layout of edges and other
fasteners which may affect the design. To design in strength Limit State, select the “Change to Limit State
Design” button. You can then adjust the reduction factors as required.
These are details on the anchor layout, which enable any loss in
capacity due to being close to an edge or a neighbouring fastener, of Finally input the applied loads on the anchor you are designing,
the particular connection you are designing to be taken into account. remembering that this load is applied to the single anchor position
only.
Select the “Layout” button.
You will note that the Shear force is split into “Y” and “Z” axis
Select your anchor group configuration, e.g. for a 2 x 2 anchor layout components. Entering a +ve load in the “Y” box will mean it will be
select the “four” line. Now fill out all the applicable edge distances directed toward the top of the screen, if you wish to direct the load in
and spacings. Note that you do not have to enter in all the edges if the opposite direction simply input the value as a -ve load. Likewise for
the anchors are located internally within a slab or panel. Once you are the “Z” axis.
satisfied with the layout, select the “Finish” button.

4
Anchor Design
Software
Fig. 4 Fig. 6
On completion, the “Finish” button will commence the computation The icons in the top right hand corner of the screen enable you to
of all the possible solutions for the parameters you have entered. navigate through the completed design.
The possible solutions will be displayed in the “Possible Acceptable
Anchors” dialogue box. The first four from the left are actually the four design input screens
you have just completed.
It is important to note that if the input design parameters
were incomplete or no possible solutions could be found, The fifth icon (calculator icon) allows you to recalculate for possible
the program will advise as to the reasons why, (e.g. anchors solutions in case you make any amendments or would like to select a
too close to edge). You are then able to adjust the design as different anchor.
detailed, using the design input icons on the summary output
screen (Fig. 6). The next icon (printer icon) allows you to print a summary of the
design, which will show the project description, anchor layout, design
inputs and outputs. More detailed printouts are available if you go to
“File” then “Print...” then select the printout you would like.
The next icon (disk icon) allows you to save the design for future
reference and can be retrieved at a later date.
For a copy of our latest Design Software, contact your local specialist
Ramset™ Sales Engineer (details on inside front cover) for a
demonstration.
Fig. 5
You will notice on the above screen that the anchors are listed in order
of capacity utilised and also display a relative cost, which is an index
cost allowing you to compare the approximate installed cost of the
various types of suitable anchors.
Select your preferred anchor via the “Select” button and the screen
will then show the design output screen. This screen shows you the
Design Inputs, parameters which you have entered and computed
Design Outputs which includes capacities, governing factors
and installation dimensions. If you would like to see the detailed
calculations, then select the relevant tabs, i.e. Design, Layout, Cross
Section and Installation.

5.1-2
Considerations
Enviromental / Installation
5.1 Environmental Considerations
Anchor Selection Guide

5.2 Installation Considerations
* With accessories. LEGEND ✓ = Recommended ● = Possible

5.3
Anchor Feature
Guide
The following chart provides a quick guide for selecting the appropriate Ramset™ Concrete Anchor to suit your needs.
Please refer to the Legend of Symbols below each table for a detailed explanation of the symbols used.
5.3 Anchor Feature Guide
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Boa™ Coil Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TruBolt Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
AnkaScrew™ Screw-In Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DynaBolt Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DynaSet™ Drop-In Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RediDrive™ Anchor ✓ ✓
ShureDrive Anchor
™
✓ ✓
RamPlug™ Nylon Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EasyDrive™ Nylon Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ChemSet Reo502 Injection & Stud
™ ™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ChemSet™ Injection 801 & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ChemSet™ Injection 101 & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LEGEND ✓ = Recommended
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.
Suitable for elevated temperate applications.
Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Structural anchor components made from steel.
loading. Resists loosening under vibration. Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution
to holding power under elevated temperatures.
Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp May be used close to edges (or another
the fixture to the base material and provide anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
high resistance to cyclic loading.
Suitable for use in seismic design. Temporary or removable anchor.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues.
Steel Zinc Plated to AS1791-1986. AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Minimum thickness 6 micron. agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants.
Recommended for internal applications only. Recommended for internal or external applications
in marine or corrosive environments.
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS1650-1989
and AS1214-1983. Corrosion resistant.
Minimum thickness 42 micron. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.
For external applications.

5.4
Anchor Application
Guide
5.4 Anchor Application Guide

PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
Boa™ Coil Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

TruBolt™ Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
AnkaScrew™ Screw-In Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

DynaBolt Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

DynaSet Drop-In Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
RediDrive™ Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ShureDrive Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RamPlug Nylon Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EasyDrive Nylon Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
ChemSet™ Reo502™ Injection & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ChemSet™ Injection 801 & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless
Steel
ChemSet™ Injection 101 & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LEGEND ✓ = Recommended
INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.
Suitable for floor applications. Chemical anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications. Chemical anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Chemical anchors suitable for use in holes

Suitable for overhead applications.
filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow Suitable for use in drilled holes.
core concrete applications.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate

Suitable for use in cored holes.
using fixture as template.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete Suitable for contact with drinking water
applications. for human consumption

5.5
Chemical Resistance
Guide
Resistance of anchors exposed to:

Chemset™
ENVIRONMENT Concentrate
t % Reo502™ 801 101 Spin
p Capsule
p SS Fixings
g Gal Zinc
Acetic Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Acetic Acid 30 ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Acetic Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ – – ✗ ✗
Acetone 25 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗
Acetone 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ – – –
Ammonia (aq) Concentrate ✗ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Ammonia Gas – – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Aniline 100 – – – ✗ – – –
Battery (Accumulator) Acid – – ✓ ✓ – – ✗ ✗
Beer – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Benzene – – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Benzol – – – – ✓ – –
Boric Acid (aq) – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Bromine Any – – – – ✓ – –
Butanol 100 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Calcium Carbonate All – – – – ✓ – –
Calcium Chloride (aq) Any – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Calcium Hydroxide (aq) – – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Carbon Dioxide 100 – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Carbon Monoxide 100 – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Carbon Tetrachloride 10 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Carbon Tetrachloride Concentrate – – – – ✓ – –
Cement Suspension Saturated – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Citric Acid 15 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Citric Acid Any – ✓ ✓ – – ✗ ✗
Common Salt Solution Any – ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Copper Nitrate Any – – – – ✓ – –
Copper Sulfate Any – – – – ✓ – –
Diesel Fuel 100 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Distilled Water – ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Engine Oil 100 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Ethanol 10 – ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ – –
Ethanol 40 – ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –
Ethanol 50 – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Ethyl Acetate 100 – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Formaldehyde (aq) 30 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Formic Acid 10 – ✓ ✓ – – ✗ ✗
Formic Acid 40 – ✓ ✗ – – ✗ ✗
Formic Acid 100 – ✓ ✗ – – ✗ ✗
Fuel Oil – – – – – ✓ – –
Freon – – – – ✓ – –
Gasoline – – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Glycerine – – – – – ✓ – –
Ethylene Glycol 100 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –
Heptane 100 – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Hydrochloric Acid 1 ✗ ✓ ✗ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Hydrochloric Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✗ – ✗ ✗ ✗
Hydrochloric Acid 20 ✗ ✓ ✗ – ✗ ✗ ✗
Hydrochloric Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Fluoride 20 – – – ✓ – ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Peroxide 10 – ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Peroxide 30 – ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗
Iodine 100 – – – – ✗ ✗ ✗
Isopropyl Alcohol 100 – – – – ✓ – –
Lactic Acid 10 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Lactic Acid Any – ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
aq = aqueous solution (diluted)

LEGEND ✓ = Resistant ✗ = Not
% = % by weight
– = Information not available at time of publication

5.5
Chemical Resistance
Guide
Resistance of anchors exposed to:

Chemset™
ENVIRONMENT Concentrate
t % Reo502
™
801 101 Spin
p Capsule
p SS Fixings
g Gal Zinc
Laitance – – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Linseed Oil 100 – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Machine Oil 100 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Magnesium Chloride All – – – – – – –

Methanol 10 – ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Methanol 100 – ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –
Motor Oil 100 – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Nitric Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nitric Acid 20 ✗ – – ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nitric Acid 30 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nitric Acid 50 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nitric Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗
Oleic Acid 100 – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Perchlorethylene 100 – – – ✗ ✓ – –
Petrol 100 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Petroleum 100 – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Phenol 1 – – – – ✓– ✗ ✗
Phenol 100 – – – ✗ – ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid 20 ✗ ✓ ✓ – – ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid 30 ✗ ✓ ✗ – – ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid Concentrate – – ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗
Potassium Carbonate Any – – – – ✓ – –
Potassium Chloride All – – – – ✓ – –
Potassium Hydroxide 10 – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Potassium Hydroxide 40 – – – ✓ ✓ – –
Potassium Nitrate Any – – – – – – –
Rain Water 100 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗
River Water – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sea Water – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sewage – – ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗
Soap Water Any – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sodium Carbonate (aq) Any – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sodium Chloride (aq) Any – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sodium Hydroxide 10 ✓ ✓ ✗ – ✓ – –
Sodium Hydroxide 20 ✓ ✓ ✗ – – – –
Sodium Hydroxide 40 ✗ ✓ ✗ – – – –
Sodium Hydroxide 50 ✗ – ✗ – – – –
Sodium Phosphate Any – – – – – – –
Sodium Silicate Any – ✓ ✓ – – – –
Sulfuric Acid 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sulfuric Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sulfuric Acid 20 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗
Sulfuric Acid 30 – – – ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗
Sulfuric Acid Concentrate – ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗
Swimming Pool Water Any – ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗
Tannic Acid 10 – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Tap Water – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗
Tataric Acid Any – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗
Tetrochloroethylene 100 – – – – ✓ – –
Toluene 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –
Trichloroethylene 100 – – – – ✓ – –
Turpentine – – ✓ ✓ – ✓ – –
Washing Powder 100 – – – ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Xylene 100 ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –
aq = aqueous solution (diluted) LEGEND ✓ = Resistant ✗ = Not

% = % by weight
– = Information not available at time of publication

6.1
Derivation of Capacity
Anchor Technology
Anchoring
Technology
Anchoring Technology
6.1 DERIVATION OF CAPACITY

Internationally, design standards are becoming more probabilistic in
nature and require sound Engineering assessment of both load case
information and component capacity data to ensure safety as well as
economy.
Published capacity data for Ramset™ Fasteners anchoring products

are derived from Characteristic Ultimate Capacities.
Quantity of test results
From a series of controlled performance tests, Ultimate Failure Loads

are established for a product.
Obviously, the value obtained in each test will vary slightly, and after
obtaining a sufficient quantity of test samples, the Ultimate Failure
Loads are able to be plotted on a chart.
Test values will typically centre about a mean value.
Once the mean Failure Load is established, a statistically sound Xuc x

derivation is carried out to establish the Characteristic Ultimate
Tested ultimate load
Capacity which allows for the variance in results as well as mean
values.
x = Mean Ultimate Capacity
Xuc = Characteristic Ultimate Capacity
The Characteristic Value chosen is that which ensures that a 90%
confidence is obtained that 95% of all test results will fall above
this value.

6.2
Anchoring Principles
6.2.1 GENERAL 6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS

Ramset™ anchors are high quality, precision made fastenings secured SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™, and DynaBolt™ anchors are inserted through
with either a torque induced setting action, a displacement induced the hole in the fixture, into a hole drilled into the concrete, and are set
setting action or a chemical bonding action. by the application of assembly torque to the nut or bolt head.
Resistance to tensile loads is provided by mechanisms which depend The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
upon the type of anchor and its method of setting. Information on the diameter of the anchor. When torque is applied to the bolt head or
elements that comprise the resistance mechanisms is given separately nut of the anchor, the cone is drawn up into the sleeve to expand its
for each type of anchor. effective diameter. The wedge action of the cone nut in the sleeve
increases with increasing torque. The reaction of the concrete against
Generally, shear load resistance mechanisms are more uniform amongst the expanded sleeve of the anchor creates a high friction force
anchors, and comprise these elements: between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The body of the
concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. The application
• the bolt or stud, and in some cases, the steel spacer of the anchor. of assembly torque produces a preload between the fixture and the
• the ability of the anchor to resist the bending moment induced by concrete.
the shear force.
• the compressive strength of the concrete.
• the shear and tensile strength of the concrete at the surface of the
potential concrete failure wedge.
When loaded to failure in concrete shear, an anchor located near an

edge breaks a triangular wedge away from the concrete.
Anchor
e
Drilled hole
Load
Concrete Wedge TORQUE SETTING ACTION

SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™ & DynaBolt™ Anchors
If increasing load were to be applied to the fixture, preload would

reduce and finally be removed. At this point, the steel cone would
begin to be drawn further into the expansion sleeve. When loaded to
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE failure in concrete tension, the failure mode of a correctly installed
anchor is characterised by the formation of a concrete cone, the apex
of which is located at the effective depth of the anchor.
Alternatively, if the tensile capacity of the steel is exceeded, the anchor

will break.
continued over
6.2
6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS cont. 6.2.3 ROTATION SETTING ANCHORS

Effective depth is the effective length, Le of the anchor less the fixture The Boa™ Coil anchor is set by driving the anchor into the hole with
thickness, t. a hammer up to the “depth set” mark and then, using a spanner or
wrench, rotating the bolt through the coil, thereby setting the anchor.
h = Le - t
The diameter of the drilled hole is a similar size to that of the anchor.
Note that for the purpose of calculating “h”, the fixture thickness “t”
should include the thickness of non structural grout, packing, etc. Resistance to tensile load is provided by the two (2) components which
make up the Boa™ Coil anchor, the “bolt” and the “coil”.
The reaction of the concrete against the expanded anchor creates a

high friction force and an undercut forms between the anchor and
the hole wall. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the
t expansion forces. The action of tightening the anchor bolt against the
fixture produces a preload between the fixture and the concrete.
As the applied tensile load increases, a commensurate decrease in

preload occurs, until at some point after all preload has been removed,
h first slip occurs.
Le
Concrete is locally crushed around the coil as it beds in further,
accompanied by an increase in load capacity.
When failure occurs in the concrete the mode of failure is a broaching

effect whereby load is still being held until the applied load is
equivalent to the shear and tensile capacity of the concrete, at this
point a cone of failure occurs.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by these elements:
• the anchor bolt or stud.

• the wedge action of the steel cone in the sleeve.
• friction between the expanded sleeve and the drilled hole.
• shear and tension at the surface of the potential concrete cone.
Applied tensile load

Anchor
CONCRETE CONE FAILURE MODE

6.2
6.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS 6.2.5 CHEMICAL ANCHORS

DynaSet™ anchors are inserted into a drilled hole, and set ChemSet™ Injection Systems, ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules,
by the displacement of the expander plug. ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules anchors are set in a drilled hole by the
hardening of the chemical adhesive.
Setting tool
CHEMICAL ANCHORING
The adhesive penetrates the pores and irregularities of the base

material and forms a key around the threads of the stud. The cured
adhesive becomes a hard, strong material that transfers load to the
DISPLACEMENT SETTING DYNASET™ ANCHORS base material via mechanical and adhesive bonds with the surface of
the drilled hole.
The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
diameter of the anchor. When the expander plug is fully driven home When tested to failure, a shallow concrete cone may form at the top
(displaced), it expands the lower portion of the anchor body, to of the anchor. This cone does not necessarily contribute to the tensile
increase its effective diameter. Because the anchor is expanded by strength of the anchor, but simply registers the depth at which the
a series of blows from a setting punch, a certain amount of shock concrete cone strength happens to equate to the cumulative bond
loading is imparted to the concrete immediately adjacent. The reaction strength of the adhesive to the sides of the hole. For a given concrete
of the concrete against the expanded body of the anchor creates a strength, the stronger the adhesive bond, the deeper the cone.
high friction force between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole.
The body of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. Applied tensile loads are resisted by:
A bolt is subsequently screwed into the anchor.
• the stud.
The mode of failure in concrete tension is characterised by the formation • bond between the stud and the adhesive shear in the adhesive bond
of a shear cone, the apex of which is located at the effective depth of the between the adhesive and the concrete.
anchor. • shear and tension in the concrete.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by the following elements:
• the bolt.
• the steel annulus of the anchor. Applied tensile load
Anchor
• friction between the expanded anchor and the drilled hole.
• shear and tension at the surface of the potential Concrete cone
concrete cone.
Adhesive
covered stud
CONCRETE BOND FAILURE MODE

6.3
Base Materials
6.3.1 SUITABILITY Where structural base materials are covered with a non-structural
material such as plaster or render, anchors should be embedded to
Ramset™ anchors can be used in plain or in reinforced concrete. the design depth in the structural base material. Allowance must be
It is recommended that the cutting of reinforcement be avoided. The made for the thickness of the non-structural material when considering
specified characteristic compressive strength “f’c” will not automatically the application of shear loads, and in determining the moment arm of
be appropriate at the particular location of the anchor. The designer applied bending moments.
should assess the strength of the concrete at the location of the anchor
making due allowance for degree of compaction, age of the concrete, In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete
and curing conditions. grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specified similarly as in
concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of the
Particular care should be taken in assessing strength near edges and masonry including the joints.
corners, because of the increased risk of poor compaction and curing.
Where the anchor is to be placed effectively in the cover zone of closely However, it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors in
spaced reinforcement, the designer should take account of the risk of unfilled hollow masonry units (either bricks or blocks).
separation under load of the cover concrete from the reinforcement. These heavy duty anchors include all SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™ and
ChemSet™ capsule anchors, and DynaBolt™, Boa™ Coil anchor,
Concrete strength “f’c” determined by standard cylinders, is used DynaSet™, and Chemical Injection anchors greater than M12 in
directly in the equations. Where strength is expressed in concrete diameter. In any case the designer should assess the effective strength
cubes, a conversion is given in the following table: of the masonry including the joints, and determine how the loading
is to be transferred to the masonry structure. Load tests should be
conducted on site to assist in assessing masonry strength.
Cube Strength β (N/mm2) 20 30 40 50 60
Cylinder Strength f’c (MPa) 15 24 33 42 51 Ramset™ heavy and medium duty anchors are not recommended for
low strength base materials such as autoclaved aerated concrete,
except for ChemSet™ Injection System studs up to M12.

6.3
Base Materials
6.3.2 ABSOLUTE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS

Spacings, edge distances, and concrete thicknesses are limited to The concrete thickness minima given below, does not include concrete
absolute minima, in order to avoid risks of splitting or spalling of cover requirements, and are not a guide to the structural dimensions
the concrete during the setting of Ramset™ torque, rotation and of the element. It is the responsibility of the design engineer to
displacement setting anchors. Absolute minima for stress-free proportion and reinforce the structural element to carry the loads
anchorages such as chemical anchors are defined on the basis of and moments applied to it by the anchorage, and to ensure that the
notional limits, which take account of the practicalities of anchor appropriate cover is obtained.
placement.
In order to avoid ‘breakthrough’ during drilling of the hole into which
Absolute minimum spacing “am” and absolute minimum edge distance anchors will be installed, maintain a cover value to the base of
“em”, define prohibited zones where no anchor should be placed. The the hole equal to 2x the drilled hole diameter, dh. ie. for a hole of
prohibited spacing zone around an anchor has a radius equal to the 20mm diameter allow 40mm cover to the rear face of the substrate
absolute minimum spacing. The prohibited zone at an edge has a component.
width equal to the absolute minimum edge distance.
In certain circumstances, it may be possible to install anchors in
thinner concrete elements. If cover to the anchor is not required,
and a degree of spalling can be tolerated between the end of the
Free zone expansion sleeve and the far surface of the concrete, embedment
am close to the far surface may be feasible. More information on the
conditions for reduced concrete thickness may be obtained from
Ramset™ Engineers.
Prohibited
zone
Where an anchor is installed at the absolute minimum edge distance
“em”, substrate thickness must be a minimum of 2 * h.
em Prohibited zone
Concrete Edge Edge distance "e"
Minimum
PROHIBITED ZONES FOR SPACINGS AND EDGES concrete
thickness 2.0h
'bm'
Where an expansion anchor is placed at a corner, there is less em
resistance to splitting, because of the smaller bulk of concrete around
the anchor. In order to protect the concrete, the minimum distance 2em
from one of the edges is increased to twice the absolute minimum.
CONCRETE THICKNESS
2*em
Free zone
Prohibited zone
Prohibited e
zone m
Concrete Edge
PROHIBITED ZONES AT CORNER FOR

EXPANSION ANCHORS

6.4
Design
6.4.1 WORKING LOAD DESIGN 6.4.2 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
Using the permissible stress method which is still valid in many Designers are advised to adopt the limit state design approach which
design situations: takes account of stability, strength, serviceability, durability, fire
resistance, and any other requirements, in determining the suitability
L (applied load) ≤ Ra (working load limit capacity) of the fixing. Explanations of this approach are found in the design
standards for structural steel and concrete. When designing for
Working load limits are derived from characteristic ultimate capacities strength the anchor is to comply with the following:
and factor of safety:
ØRu ≥ S*
Ra = R u / F s
where:
Factors of safety are related to the mode of failure, and material type,
and the following are considered appropriate for structural anchoring Ø = capacity reduction factor
designs:
Ru = characteristic ultimate load carrying capacity
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending
= 2.2 S* = design action effect
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear ØRu = design strength

= 2.5
Design action effects are the forces, moments, and other effects,
fsc = factor of safety for concrete produced by agents such as loads, which act on a structure. They
= 3.0 include axial forces (N*), shear forces (V*), and moments (M*), which
are established from the appropriate combinations of factored loads as
detailed in the AS1170 “Minimum Design Load on Structures” series
of Australian Standards.
Capacity reduction factors are given below, these typically comply

with those detailed in AS4100 - “Steel Structures” and AS3600 -
“Concrete Structures”. The following capacity reduction factors are
considered typical:
Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension

= 0.6
Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete shear

= 0.6
Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension

= 0.8
Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear

= 0.8
Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending

= 0.8
Whilst these values are used throughout this document, other values
may be used by making the adjustment for Ø as required.

6.5
Tension
6.5.1 STEEL TENSION 6.5.2 CONCRETE CONE

The characteristic ultimate tensile capacity for the steel of an anchor is Characteristic ultimate tensile capacities for mechanical anchors vary
obtained from: in a predictable manner with the relationship between:
- hole diameter (dh)
Nus = As fu - effective depth (h), and
- concrete compressive strength (f’c)
where:
within a limited range of effective depths, h.
Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (N)
This is typically expressed by a formula such as:
As = tensile area (mm2)
= stress area for threaded sections (mm2) Nuc = factor * dbfactor * h1.5 * √f’
√ c
fu = characteristic ultimate tensile strength (MPa) Anchors may have constraints that apply to the effective depth of the
anchor or the maximum or minimum concrete strength applicable.
The tensile working load limit (permissible stress method) for the steel Anchor effective depth (h) is taken from the surface of the substrate
of a Ramset™ anchor is obtained from: to the point where the concrete cone is generated. In establishing the
effective depth for mechanical anchors, the designer should allow for
Nas = Nus / 2.2 any gap expected to exist between the fixture and the concrete prior to
clamping down.
air gap
h h
h
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete compressive strength “f’c” is the actual strength

at the location of the anchor, making due allowance for site conditions,
such as degree of compaction, age of concrete, and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for

anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

6.5
Tension
6.5.3 PULL-THROUGH 6.5.4 CONCRETE BOND

This mode of failure occurs in expansion anchors under tensile loading, Chemical Anchors
where the applied load exceeds the frictional resistance between either
the cone and the expansion sleeve, or the sleeve and the sides of the Characteristic ultimate tensile load carrying capacities for concrete
drilled hole in the concrete. Failures of this type are often associated bond failure in the compression zone varies with hole depth, effective
with anchors that are improperly set, or used in larger diameter holes depth and concrete strength in a similar manner to concrete cone
drilled into the concrete with over-sized drill bits. failure in mechanical anchors.
The load carrying capacities of anchors with thick-walled expansion Effective anchor depth “h” is taken from the start of the adhesive,
sleeves such as SpaTec™ Plus and correctly set DynaSet™ anchors, (usually the surface of the concrete) to the bottom of the stud. For
are not sensitive to this mode of failure. chemical capsule anchors, it is not usual to deviate from the depths
given in the Section Properties and Data. Whilst it is essential to
The recommended limits on concrete strength “f’c” in the provide sufficient resin to fill the space between the stud and the
determination of concrete cone strength for DynaBolt™ and TruBolt™ concrete, the installer must avoid excessive overspill. Hole depths
anchors, act as a precaution against this mode of failure. for capsule anchors may be increased in increments related to the
volume of capsules available. It is recommended to seek advice from
Ramset™ Technical Staff before deviating from the recommended hole
depths or hole diameters.
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete strength “f’c” to be used in these equations,

is the actual strength at the location of the anchor, making due
allowance for site conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of
concrete, and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for

Ramset™ chemical anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

6.5
Tension
6.5.5 CRITICAL SPACING For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as a result
for example, of location internal to a row:
In a group of mechanical anchors loaded in tension, the spacing at
which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just begin to overlap Xna = a / ac ≤ 1
at the surface of the concrete, is termed the critical spacing, ac.
Unequal distances (“a1” and “a2”, both < ac) from two adjacent
anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:
ac a
Xna = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac
If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by

the cone of only one other anchor:
Anchors
Cone of Failure
Xna = 0.5 (1 + a/ac) ≤ 1
For chemical anchors the critical spacing is determined by interference The cone of anchor A is influenced by the cones of anchors
between the cylindrically shaped zones of stress surrounding the B and C, but not additionally by the cone of anchor D. “Xna” is the
anchors. appropriate reduction factor as a conservative solution.
ac a Critical spacing defines a critical zone around a given anchor, for the
Bond cylinders
Anchors placement of further anchors. The critical spacing zone has a radius
equal to the critical spacing. The concrete tensile strengths of anchors
falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the figure
includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on the point of A B

being reduced by the zone of influence of the other anchor. Ramset™
anchors placed at or greater than critical spacings are able to develop
their full tensile capacity, as limited by concrete cone or concrete bond
capacity. Anchors at spacings less than critical are subject to reduction
C D
in allowable concrete tensile capacity.
Both ultimate and working loads on anchors spaced between the

critical and the absolute minimum, are subject to a reduction factor ANCHOR GROUP INTERACTION
“Xna”, the value of which depends upon the position of the anchor
within the row: CRITICAL REDUCTION PROHIBITED
Nucr = Xna * Nuc
for strength limit state design.
And, for permissible stress method analysis: a ≥ ac ac > a > am a < am

No influence. Interaction Risk of cracking.
Nar = Xna * Nac occurs between
failure cones.
Capacity reduction
necessary.
Cone of Failure a a a
Anchors
ANCHORS IN A ROW

6.5
Tension
6.5.6 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE Chemical and Screw In Anchors
At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension, reduction in For chemical and screw in anchors the critical edge distance is
tensile capacity just commences, due to interference of the edge with determined by interference between the edge and the cylindrically
the zone of influence of the anchor. shaped zones of stress surrounding the anchors.
Expansion Anchors ec = 4 * db
The critical edge distance (ec) for expansion anchors is taken as one
and a half times effective depth: ec Anchor
ec = 1.5 * h
Bond cylinder
ec
Anchor
Cone of Failure e
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH BOND CYLINDER
If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimum
distance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reduction
co-efficient “Xe”, is obtained from the following formula:
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES
Xe = 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec ≤ 1
Rotation Set Anchors where:
The critical edge distance for Boa™ Coil anchor is taken as: Xe = edge reduction factor tension
ec = 6 * db Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement

of anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has a width
equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensile strengths of
anchors falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the
figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
em Concrete Edge
ec
Free zone Critical zone
Prohibited zone
CRITICAL EDGE ZONE

6.6
Shear
6.6.1 ANCHOR STEEL SHEAR The designer should also take into account any conditions that
may cause bending moments and unbalanced forces to be applied
For an anchor not located close to another anchor nor to a free simultaneously. Any tendency of the fixture to lift away from the
concrete edge, the ultimate shear load will be determined by the surface under load will generate moments and tension forces.
steel shear strength of the anchor, provided the effective depth of the
anchor is compliant with the following: The characteristic ultimate shear capacity (Vus) for the steel of an
anchor is obtained from:
SpaTec™ Plus
Vus = 0.62 * As * fu (N)
h ≥ 4 * dh
4 * dh
Minimum for bolt shear 6.6.2 CONCRETE EDGE SHEAR
Where load is directed either towards or parallel to an edge, and the
dh
anchor is located in the proximity of the edge, failure may occur in the
concrete.
1.25 * db
Minimum for bolt
and spacer shear Anchor
e
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR Drilled hole
Load
For SpaTec™ Plus it is required that the bottom end of the spacer
is inserted at least one and a quarter times hole diameter Concrete Wedge
(1.25 * dh) in order for the shear strength of the spacer to be allowed
as contributing to the shear strength of the anchor.
Boa™ Coil
For full bolt shear,

CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
h ≥ 6 * dh
A reduced shear capacity is applicable down to a minimum

value of 3 * dh
h = 3dh For min. bolt shear

h = 6dh For max. bolt shear
h = 3 * dh
Minimum for bolt shear
dh
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
TruBolt™
h ≥ 4 * dh
DynaBolt™
h ≥ 3.5 * dh
DynaSet™ anchors are not normally embedded to four times the

diameter of the drilled hole, and their characteristic shear capacities
relate to the bending strength of the anchor or shear of the inserted
bolt.

6.6
Shear
6.6.3 SPACING UNDER CONCRETE SHEAR Two anchors installed on a line normal to the edge, and loaded in
shear towards the edge, are treated as a special case. Where the
At a spacing of at least 2.5 times edge distance, there is no interference anchors are loaded simultaneously by the same fixture, the ultimate or
between adjacent failure wedges. Where anchor spacing is less than the concrete edge shear capacity for each anchor will be influenced by
2.5 times edge distance, the shear load capacities in the concrete are the other anchor. Where the spacing “a” between anchors A and B is
subject to a reduction factor “XXva”. less than or equal to “eB” the edge distance of anchor B, the ultimate
edge shear for anchor A is equal to anchor B, despite the longer edge
Failure wedge distance of anchor A:

a a
Shear force
Concrete edge e
A
a Failure wedge
B
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES Concrete edge
eB
Xva = 0.5 ( 1 + a / (2.5 * e)) ≤ 1

ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE
The direction of the shear load towards an edge will influence the
concrete edge shear capacity. This is accounted for with the factor Xvd.
For an anchor located at a corner and where the second edge is
parallel to the applied shear, interference by the second edge upon the
shear wedge is taken into account by the following reduction factor:
α Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 ≤ 1

V*
e1 Shear Force
When a row of anchors is subject to a shear load acting towards an

edge, the distribution of each anchors capacity in the anchor group is
derived by using the factor Xvn. e2
Failure wedge
Concrete edges
V*A V*B V*C ANCHOR AT A CORNER
n=3
V*TOTAL
V*A = V*B = V*C
ØVur ≥ V*A, V*B, V*C

6.7
Bending
The designer must allow for bending, when an anchor is exposed to a In the case of working load limit design, applied moments (M)
shear force that will result in the anchor going into bending. are calculated as follows:
For this to occur, the fixture plate must be free to rotate around the
bolt as show due to an air gap or non structural material between the M = V * ( dh + g + t / 2)
fixture and the concrete surface.
Where the anchor is part of a array of anchors that prevent the fixture V = applied shear force (N)
from rotating, or if the gap is filled with grout, then bending cannot
occur. Characteristic ultimate bending capacities (Mu), are obtained
Note: Where an incompressible layer such as grout is used, it does from the following formula:
not contribute to the pullout capacity of the anchor, hence the layer
thickness is to be added to the fixture thickness when calculating the Mu = fy * Z
anchor effective depth.
where:
The designer’s calculation of the design bending moment (M*) should
include an allowance in the moment arm of one hole diameter inwards
fy = characteristic yield strength (MPa)
from the face of the concrete:
Z = section modulus of the anchor (mm3)
M* = V* * ( dh + g + t / 2)
and for working load limit bending moment (Ma):
where:
Ma = Mu / fss
V* = shear design action effect (N)
= Mu / 2.2
g = gap between fixture and concrete surface (mm)
t = fixture thickness (mm)
dh = drilled hole diameter (mm)

Non-structural
One hole diameter material or gap
Fixture
Applied load
Moment arm
DESIGN BENDING MOMENT

Anchor moments need only be considered if there is a non structural
material or gap between the fixture and substrate that results in
application of a moment to the anchor itself.
ANCHOR UNDER BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING
Non-structural
material or gap Grout
Fixture Fixture
Fixture
Applied load Applied load

Applied load

6.8
Combined Loading
6.8.1 TENSION AND BENDING 6.8.3 TENSION AND SHEAR

Where an anchor is subjected to combined tension and bending, Design for combined tension and shear, requires firstly the
ultimate tensile capacity for the steel is determined as follows: determination of anchor capacities. Strength limit state design
capacities are taken as:
Nusr = Nus * (1 - (M* / ØmMu))
ØNurr = ØcNurc ≤ ØnNus
where: ØVurr = ØqVurr ≤ ØvVus
Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending, recommended as 0.8 where:
Ø = capacity reduction factor
ØNurr = design reduced ultimate tensile capacity

Applied ØVurr = design reduced ultimate shear capacity
tension
Øc = capacity reduction factor concrete tension
Applied moment Øq = edge capacity reduction factor concrete shear, recommended
as 0.6
Moment arm
Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension, recommended as 0.8
COMBINED TENSION, SHEAR AND BENDING
Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear,
Factored working load limit steel tensile capacities, to allow recommended as 0.8
for the effects of bending moments are given by:
Working load capacities are determined as follows:
Nasr = Nas * (1 - M / Ma)
Na = Nar ≤ Nsr
where: Va = Var ≤ Vas
Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (N) where:
Na = working load limit tensile capacity

6.8.2 SHEAR AND BENDING
Va = working load limit shear capacity
There is no reduction in shear capacity in the case of combined Strength limit state combination of tension and shear complies with the
bending and shear. Shear capacity and bending capacity are checked following:
independently.
N* / ØNur ≤ 1
V* / ØVur ≤ 1
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2
The following formulae are used for working load combination:
Applied shear N / Na ≤ 1
Moment arm V / Va ≤ 1
COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR N / Na + V / Va ≤ 1.2
where:
N = applied tensile load
V = applied shear load

6.9
Anchor Groups
This information deals specifically with the design of individual For a row of anchors subject to a shear force component towards an
anchors, loaded either as a single anchor or as a member of edge, the design tables assume that the design load case is evenly
a group. Under the relevant loading condition, as a general principle, distributed to all anchors in the group and calculates the averaged
all load reduction factors applicable to an individual anchor in the shear capacity for each anchor.
group should be multiplied together to account for the combined
effects on the anchor of multiple loads, group layout, and base
material geometry. In the application of loads, due allowance should V*A = V*B = V*C
be made for eccentricities in the lines of action of loads relative to the V*A V*B V*C
centroid of the group, and for any other conditions likely to cause a n=3
magnification of load to an anchor, i.e. prying forces.
ØVur = per anchor
In a group loaded in shear there is a risk of uneven loading, V*TOTAL capacity
particularly where more than two anchors are arranged one behind
the other in the direction of the load. The designer should assess and
make appropriate allowance for the ability of the fixture to distribute
the load to anchors in the group. It is unable to verify capacity for anchors in the following
configurations:
The simplified strength limit state design process detailed in this
document is intended to cover a wide range of applications. • Location at a corner with shear load component towards
the edge(s).
It is suitable for verifying capacity of single anchors or groups of
anchors, however it must be remembered that the capacity data given
is PER ANCHOR and load cases must be distributed to all anchors in a An anchor is considered to be at a corner if the ratio of the edge
group and each anchor verified as being suitable. distance parallel to the direction of shear to the edge distance in the
direction of shear is less than 1.25.
The simplified design process allows verification of:
Single anchors subject

to shear and/or tension.
e1
N* e1
e2 > 1.25 acceptable
V* e2
V*
Groups of anchors (row, rectangular array etc.) subject to tensile • Anchors subject to a moment.
loading and/or shear loading not towards an edge.
• Anchors in a line towards an edge with a shear load component
acting towards that edge, unless it is assumed that the anchor
V*TOTAL closest to the edge takes all of the shear load, V*TOTAL
N*TOTAL
Groups of anchors subject to tensile and/or shear loading where the

line of anchors parallel to (and closest to) the edge are considered to
take the total shear load.
V*TOTAL
These anchors assumed
to be in slotted holes
For these cases, please refer to the Ramset™ Anchor Design software
A B C N*TOTAL or contact your local Ramset™ Engineer for advice.
V*A + V*B + V*C = V*TOTAL

V*TOTAL

6.10
Assembly Torque
and Preload
Boa™ Coil anchors and stud anchors such as TruBolt™ anchors and
in the generation of a preload or clamping force between the fixture chemical anchors also have the capability to clamp the fixture to the
and the concrete. Because the fixture supports the concrete and concrete.
suppresses cone failure, preload may exceed concrete cone failure
load. The concrete experiences an elastic compression beneath the Torque controlled expansion anchors without an adequate pull-
fixture. Under external loading of the fixture, the surfaces of the joint down capability, suffer from loss of preload to the spacer or sleeve,
will not separate until the applied load exceeds the preload. Although whenever there is a gap between the mating surfaces. This results in
the magnitude of the preload influences the deformation of the fixing a reduction in the preload available for compression of the concrete.
under load, it does not in general, affect the ultimate static load Such anchors may perform under cyclic loads as if there were an
capacity of the fixing. inadequate preload, even though the specified assembly torque may
have been carefully applied. In some instances it is possible for the
fixture to be loose against the concrete surface from the time of initial
Clamped material assembly of the fixing.
Preload or clamping load Applied load
Initial preload (PLi) which is developed immediately after the application
of assembly torque, is calculated for Ramset™ anchors as:
PLi = α * Pr
where:
PRELOADING OF FIXTURE TO CONCRETE
α = proportion of proof load as initial preload
65% for mechanical anchors
Heavy and medium duty sleeve anchors with a fully functioning
pull-down mechanism such as Ramset™ SpaTec™ Plus and DynaBolt™
Pr = bolt or anchor proof load (kN)
anchors, ensure that loss of preload to the spacer or sleeve is
= As * fy
negligible, even where a substantial gap may have existed between the
concrete and the fixture, due to unevennesses in the mating surfaces.
Assembly torques required (Tr) to develop initial preloads are given by
After the expansion sleeve has enlarged to grip the sides of the hole,
the following formula:
the pull-down mechanism allows the gap to be closed and the fixture
to be clamped against the concrete.
Tr = μT * db * PLi
where:
μT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction

* 0.32 for cold-formed anchors and
stainless steel anchors
* 0.37 for machined anchors
SpaTec™ Plus and DynaBolt™ Anchors

PULL DOWN MECHANISMS

6.11
Long Term Preload
Degradation
In considering the long term performance in concrete of expansion

anchors under cyclic loading, account must be taken of concrete creep
which causes a degradation of preload over time. Immediately after the
application of assembly torque and the establishment of initial preload,
there is a rapid initial reduction in preload, followed by a continued
gradual reduction over time, towards a long term limiting value of “PL”, 1.0
at “λ” % of initial preload. As a guide, “λ” may be taken as typically PL/PLi λ
70% for SpaTec™ Plus anchors, and as 40% for DynaBolt™ and
TruBolt™ anchors.
In a particular application, the proportion of preload permanently 0 3 6 9 12

retained will depend upon concrete strength, concrete quality including Time (Months)
curing, level and direction of concrete stress, applied load level, timing
PRELOAD DEGRADATION
of applied loads, and the value of the total spring rate for the anchor/
fixture/base material system.

6.12-3
Slip / Cyclic Loading
6.12 SLIP AND CYCLIC LOADING

Provided the applied load is less than the remaining preload, slip The Boa™ Coil anchor performs more like a slight undercut anchor
virtually does not occur, and the fixing experiences the applied load as where the first slip measured at 0.1mm is close to the ultimate load of
a reduction in elastic compression of the concrete. When the applied the anchor in concrete. The Boa™ Coil anchors ability to sustain cyclic
load exceeds the preload, the clamped material can separate from loads depends primarily upon the interaction of the Boa™ Coil and the
the concrete and slippage of the joint can commence. If the design concrete sides of the hole.
requirement is for negligible slip (say 0.1mm), the assembly torque It is this unique interaction that enables the Boa™ Coil anchor to
should be both carefully specified and applied. It is recommended that achieve high first slip loads. To ensure long life of the fastener under
anchor capacity be limited to a percentage of the expected preload cyclic loading the designer should ensure (as for slip loads), that the
after allowing for long term degradation. applied load does not exceed 65% of the first slip load, called the
Ultimate load reduced characteristic ultimate slip load. When the applied load is less
than the reduced characteristic ultimate slip load the Boa™ Coil anchor
has the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the
Long term preload applied load.
= slip load
Applied
load
65% of slip load
Ultimate load
Displacement Long term preload

= slip load
SLIP LOAD AND PRELOAD
The ability of an anchor to sustain cyclic loads depends (as for slip Applied 65% of slip load
load
loads) primarily upon the relationship between the applied load and
the effective preload in the anchor. Where the applied load is less
than both the preload and the static working load, the fastening has
the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the applied
load. The cyclic loading is experienced as changes in pressure at the
Displacement
interface of the fixture and the concrete, and the stress range in the
anchor should never approach the endurance limit. To ensure long life SLIP LOAD
of the fastening under cyclic loading, the designer should ensure (as
for slip loads), that the applied load is less than “h” % of the expected
long term preload after allowing for degradation.
6.13 LONG TERM, SLIP & CYCLIC LOADING OF MECHANICAL & CHEMICAL ANCHORS
This section expands on the information stated under Sections 6.11 For the deemed heavier duty Ramset™ anchor systems an applied
"Long Term Preload Degradation" & 6.12 "Slip Load and Cyclic load up to Working Load Limit, WLL (Nuc/3) will never exceed the axial
Loading". preload if installed as specified. Other systems (notably so-called "light
Mechanical and chemical anchorages, once installed, may be used to sleeve anchors") have a lower limit on tensile load if exceeding preload
clamp down the fixture and so are loaded axially. The recommended is of concern. The table below shows the allowable slip or cyclic axial
initial setting or tightening torque is specified in each anchoring section load (Ny) as a function of WLL (refer SRB) for various systems where
of this book which creates the axial clamp down. The anchorage must infinite cycles of applied tensile load and retention of positive preload
resist this setting load and any additional applied load through the are considered:
fixture itself.
The known behaviour of all loaded post-installed anchor systems is System Ny (allowable slip / cyclic axial load)
such that complex creep mechanisms are at work in the concrete and SpaTec™ Plus WLL
both system types (mechanical & chemical) display a limited relaxation TruBolt™ 0.35 x WLL
of the installed tightening torque. This translates to a reduction (to a Boa™Coil WLL
limit) of the installed clamping force and the resisting anchorage force. ChemSet™ Reo 502™ WLL
This is the "long term preload degradation". All Ramset™ systems are Maxima™ Spin Capsule WLL
rated for the long term case and only this information is published. AnkaScrew™ WLL
In some load cases, particularly with combined & repetitious applied
axial and shear loads, it is important that the applied axial load does Note: AS1170 relies on a 1.5 factor between Strength Limit State
not overcome the installed axial preload. This does not cause a Design & WLL values.
structural failure as such but may allow some shear slippage of the
fixture, depending on the surface & friction conditions. Precast panel
prop anchors and roof structure anchors in cyclonic conditions are
possible examples where this may be a concern.

6.13-4
Corrosion / Fire
6.13 CORROSION
During their service life, fasteners may be subjected to a range of The term “galvanised” in this document refers to hot dip galvanising
corrosive agents and environments. Atmospheric environments may according to the Australian Standards listed in the table below.
include the benign, such as indoors in dry conditions. The less benign
outdoor areas are exposed to rain and/or humidity. The chloride Note that other publications may use the term “galvanised” when
bearing atmospheres under the influence of sea winds are more referring to zinc electroplated anchors, which provides inferior
corrosive. The polluted atmosphere in some industrial areas, and the corrosion protection. To ensure adequate corrosion protection, verify
marine environment over the sea, at the shore, or within the splash that the plating thickness complies with the thickness value required by
zone, may be highly aggressive. Fastenings may be required to be the relevant Australian Standard. AS1214 - 1983 requires a minimum
placed under fresh water, salt water, or in contact with a whole range of 42 micron thickness for “hot dip galvanised” threaded items.
of potentially corrosive liquids. Ramset™ anchors are supplied with a
range of corrosion resistances suitable for various applications.
ENVIRONMENT CORROSION SPECIFICATION
PROTECTION
There is a large number of specialist texts on the subject of corrosion, Indoors, Zinc plated to
to which the reader is referred. under cover AS1791-1986
Low humidity Plating Minimum thickness
The stainless steel specification for Ramset™ anchors has a high 6 micron
molybdenum content, which gives superior resistance against chlorides Exposure to Passivated,
and common industrial pollutants. moisture likely Designation C
Hot dipped to
Stainless steel anchors should be insulated from the zinc coating, Exposed to weather AS4680-2006
AS1214-1983
when securing galvanised steelwork, because of the possibility of
Industrial pollution Galvanising Minimum thickness
galvanic corrosion. 42 micron
Marine
Care must be taken to ensure selected fasteners meet the environments
appropriate standards and are also correctly described. For example,
“mechanically galvanised” is a misnomer for “mechanically plated”, Chemical plants ISO3506-1979
which may not provide the same corrosion protection as “hot dip Aggressive Grade A4,
galvanising”. Stainless steel
environments Prop Class 70
At the sea (AISI 316)
6.14 FIRE
When exposed to heat so that it reaches a temperature of about Fire induced deformations of wall panels, and the behaviour of the
550°C, steel retains about half of its original strength. Designers structural frame under fire, should be carefully considered in the
have traditionally adopted this limiting temperature for the retention design. Spread of the fire to adjoining properties will be prevented, as
of structural integrity. Expansion and cast-in anchors manufactured long as the panels remain fixed to the structural frame. The connection
in steel, are subject to the same limit, except that conditions are between a heavy structural steel frame and the wall panels should be
generally more favourable to the retention of structural strength for via deformable ties.
these anchors, than other components of an unprotected structure.
For example, in circumstances where heat can be expected to vent The limiting operational temperature for chemical anchors is 80°C.
through the roof sheeting, there is little risk of the fixings at the When used for anchoring reinforcing steel, chemical systems are
supports of steel beams, reaching the same temperature as the provided with concrete cover, and may be designed to provide the
most critical part of the main steel structural elements. Generally, desired fire rating, by limiting the temperature rise at the anchor
fixings reach significantly lower temperatures than the main structural points. Where protection is required for the steel structure, special
elements. fireproofing material is specified. The same protection should be
extended to any exposed fixings to the concrete structure.
Part of an anchor is always embedded in and insulated by the
concrete, which increases the time for the heat to flow to the
anchoring element of the anchor, and because of the heat sink of the
concrete mass which takes heat from the anchor, there is an increase
in the time for its temperature to rise.

Introduction
Chemical Anchoring - Anchor Studs
Chemical Anchoring
The key advantage of ChemSet™ chemical anchors is that they do not The superior strength of grade 5.8 carbon steel threaded stud anchors
impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate. This makes gives the ChemSet™ chemical anchor systems greater steel capacity
chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings or for close anchor than regular grade 4.6 threaded rod.
spacings.
The Ramset™ ChemSet™ range of chemical anchoring systems
The superior bond of ChemSet chemical anchors makes them ideal
™
provide different options of cost and performance for the designer and
for installing starter bars, because the required pull out strength for the applicator.
is achieved in shallower holes than is possible with cementitious
mortars. For the designer, selection of the correct chemical anchoring solution
to his or her design problem will often be based upon the strength
The ability of ChemSet™ chemical anchors to sustain cyclic tensile capacity of the system, but may also involve issues such as chemical
loads depends on adhesive bond, not on preload or tightening torque. resistance.
The adhesive bond does not deteriorate or change over time making
Chemset™ chemical anchors ideal for cyclic and vibrating load cases. The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the
components of the ChemSet™ chemical anchoring range and provides
information to allow selection of the anchor with the right capacity for
Estimating Chart various environmental conditions.
Fixings per cartridge for ChemSet™ Injection:
Anchor Nominal Nominal Number of fixings

size hole diameter hole depth Reo 502™ 801 101
(mm) (mm) Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo
M8 10 80 193 91 193 96 195
M10 12 90 132 62 132 66 133
M12 14 110 86 41 86 43 87
M16 18 125 54 26 54 27 55
M20 24 150 22 10 22 11 22
M24 26 160 24 11 24 12 24

7.1-3
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
7.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Product

Steel threaded studs for use with all ChemSet™
anchoring products, capsules and injection adhesives.
Benefits, Advantages and Features

L
Ensures maximum performance from ChemSet™
chemical anchors:
• Made from high performance Grade 5.8 Steel. db
Superior corrosion resistance:
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel. dh
Outstanding exterior resistance: h
t
• 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.
Convenient:
• Supplied with nuts and washers and setting tool for
spin capsules.
• Depth setting mark to ensure correct embedment.
7.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS
Anchor Anchor Nominal effective Nominal fixture Effective Part No.

size, db length, L depth, hn thickness, t length, Le
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal S/S
M8 110 80 15 95 CS08110 CS08110GH CS08110SS
M10 130 90 25 115 CS10130 CS10130GH CS10130SS
160 110 30 140 CS12160 CS12160GH CS12160SS
M12
180 110 50 160 CS12180 – –
M16 190 125 40 165 CS16190 CS16190GH CS16190SS
M20 260 150 75 225 CS20260 CS20260GH CS20260SS
M24 300 160 105 265 CS24300 CS24300GH CS24300SS
7.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES

Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section
Anchor Min. diameter, dm Stress Area, As
Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield Strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size, db (mm) (mm2)
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M8 6.5 33.2 430 540 450 650 31.2
M10 8.2 52.8 430 540 450 650 62.3
M12 10.0 78.5 430 540 450 650 109.2
M16 14.0 153.9 420 520 450 650 277.5
M20 17.2 232.4 420 520 450 650 540.9
M24 20.7 336.5 420 520 450 650 935.5

Notes

8.1
ChemSet™ Reo 502™
Chemical Injection Anchoring

PERFORMANCE RELATED
A MATERIAL
A SPECIFICA
ATION INSTALL
T A ATION RELATED
A

Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is an extra heavy duty epoxy
anchoring adhesive.

Greater productivity:
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays.
• Fast 3 hour cure time.
• Easy dispensing.
Greater security:
• High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs.
Versatile:
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes.
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes.
• For tropical and temperate climates.
Greater safety:
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
Note: For reinforcing bar design, refer to Reinforcing Bar Technology
section of this document.
Installation Installation temperature limits:

• Substrate: 5°C to 40°C.
• Adhesive: 20°C to 32°C.
Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has
sufficiently cured as specified.
Service temperature limits:
-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5 6
Reo 502™
Working Time Cure Time
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. (mins) (hrs)
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush.
Remove all debris using hole blower. 40°C
Substrate Temperature
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. 32°C 8.5 2

Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 27°C 12 2.5
ensuring no air pockets form. 20°C 15 3
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to 16°C 18 5
bottom of hole while turning. 10°C 21 8
5. Allow ChemSett™ Reo 502™ to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture. 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 20°C.

8.2-3
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details:

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Installation details Minimum dimensions*
Anchor size, db
Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm
(mm)
dh ((mm)) df ((mm)) depth,
p , h ((mm)) ((Nm)) ((mm)) ((mm)) ((mm))
M8 10 10 80 10 30 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 70 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
M30 32 32 270 120 180 300
M36 38 38 330 145 220 365
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
Working Load Limit Capacity

Grade 4.6 Steel Studs Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete
Anchor size,
ze, db
Tension, Nacc (kN)#
(mm)
Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Concrete compressive strength, f’c
20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 5.8 6.3 6.6
M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 11.9 13.1 13.7
M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 17.3 19.0 19.9
M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 27.7 30.4 31.8
34.5 37.9 39.8
M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1
39.1 43.0 45.1
37.2 40.9 42.7
M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2
48.8 53.6 56.1
M30 55.7 61.2 72.3 107.1 90.4 114.8 65.9 72.4 75.7
M36 81.0 89.1 105.4 156.0 131.7 167.1 92.4 101.5 106.1
#
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

Description Cartridge Size Part No.
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml REO502J
Effective depth, h (mm) Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
Preferred h = hn otherwise, bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened.

Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 45.

8.4

Table 1a Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram
Notes:
200
~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity
120 using nominal depths.
~ No edge or spacing effects.
80 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M36
70
Design tensile action effect, N* (kN)
M30
60
50 M24
40 M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 225
Design shear action effect, V* (kN)
Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75 80 110
Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm)

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 45.
Effective depth, h (mm)
Preferred h = hn otherwise,
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.

8.4

Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa

Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26 32 40
60 8.6
65 9.3
70 10.0 18.3
80 11.4 20.9
90 12.8 23.5 28.0
100 14.3 26.1 31.1
110 15.7 28.8 34.2 48.2
120 31.4 37.4 52.5
125 38.9 54.7
140 43.6 61.3
150 65.7 68.3
160 70.0 72.8 73.6
170 77.4 78.2
180 81.9 82.8
190 86.5 87.4 91.7
200 101.2 106.2
240 110.3 115.8 127.3
270 130.3 143.2
330 159.2 175.0
350 185.6
Bold values are aat ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths.
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply ØNuc * 0.7.
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.91 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.09
Table 2c Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

Edge distance, e (mm)
25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
75 1 0.96 0.85
90 1 0.96 0.83
110 1 0.94 0.83
125 1 0.91
150 1
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae

Anchor Spacing, a (mm)
25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1 0.90 0.83 0.76
120 1 0.92 0.83 0.78
145 1 0.90 0.84
180 1 0.92
220 1

8.4
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai

Anchor Spacing, a (mm)

25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1 0.79 0.66 0.53
120 1 0.83 0.67 0.56
145 1 0.81 0.67
180 1 0.83
220 1
Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )
Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNuss (kN), Øn = 0.8
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 ~ ~
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud

A4/316 Stainless Steel 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 ~ ~
Typical Threaded Rod

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 23.4 37.1 54.0 100.5 156.8 225.9 359.0 522.9
Step 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN)
Not appropriate for this product.
Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur


8.4

Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVucc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7 15.2
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5 32.7 35.7
200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7 66.3 72.2
300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7 121.7 132.6
400 140.5 162.3 168.9 187.4 204.2
500 226.8 236.1 261.9 285.4
600 310.3 344.3 375.1
750 481.1 524.3
900 689.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
α Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*
Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Load direction effect, Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
conc. edge shear, Xvd
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva

Note: For single anchor designs, Xva = 1.0
Edge distance, e (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
Anchor spacing, a (mm)
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.54
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.57
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.59
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.61
625 0.92 0.81 0.71 0.64
750 1.00 0.88 0.75 0.67
875 0.94 0.79 0.69
1000 1.00 0.83 0.72
1250 0.92 0.78
1500 1.00 0.833
2250 1.00

8.4
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn

Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing /

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
Edge distance, a / e
Number of anchors, n
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVurc
ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn
Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 ~ ~

A4/316 Stainless Steel 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5 ~ ~

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 14.5 23.0 33.5 62.3 97.2 140.1 222.6 324.2
Step 5b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf (kN)
Design reduced ultimate shear capacity, ØVur
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus


8.4

Check


9.1
ChemSet™ 801

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION INSTALLATION RELATED

Product
ChemSet™ 801 is a heavy duty epoxy anchoring
adhesive.

Suitable for structural applications:
• High bond strength.
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:
• Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999.
Suitable for diamond cored holes:
Suitable for use in industrial environments where
corrosion and alkali resistance are required:
(See table 5.5 pages 22 and 23.)
Installation
Installation temperature limits:

-10°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting Times
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole.
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. 801
Remove all debris using hole blower. Gel Time Loading Time
Hole must be dry. (mins) (hrs)
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole.

40°C – –
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole 30°C 3 10

while turning. 25°C 4 12
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times. 20°C 6 14
6. Attach fixture.
10°C 40 24
5°C 75 36
Note: Cartridge temperature minimum 15°C.

9.2-3
ChemSet™ 801

ChemSet™ Injection 801 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Anchor size, db
(mm)
p , h ((mm)) ((Nm)) ((mm)) ((mm)) ( )
(mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
Workingg Load Limit Capacity

p y
Anchor size,
ze, db
Tension, Nacc ((kN))#
(mm)
M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 6.6 7.6 8.1
M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 8.6 9.9 10.3
M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 12.5 14.4 15.3
M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 16.9 19.6 20.8
24.3 28.1 29.9
M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1
29.3 33.9 36.1
28.8 33.3 35.5
M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2
43.3 50.1 53.4
#
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

™
ChemSet 801 Cartridge 380 ml C801C
ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml C801J
Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series – ISNE

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
on page 45.

9.4
ChemSet™ 801

Notes:
60 ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity
using nominal depths.

50 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M24
40
30 M20
20 M16
M12
10
M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs page 45.

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

9.4
ChemSet™ 801


Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26
60 8.9
65 10.0
70 11.2 12.2
80 13.7 15.0
90 17.8 19.2
100 20.9 22.5
110 25.9 29.1
120 29.5 33.1
125 31.4 35.2
140 37.2 41.8 45.7
150 50.6
160 55.8 60.0
170 61.1 65.7
180 66.6 71.6
190 72.2 77.7
200 78.0 83.9
210 90.2
220 96.8
230 103.4
240 110.3
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.86 0.93 1.00 1.06 1.13

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1

25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1

9.4
ChemSet™ 801


25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3

A4/316 Stainless Steel 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4



9.4
ChemSet™ 801

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 226.8 236.1
600 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
V* Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Load direction effect,
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

9.4
ChemSet™ 801

Anchor spacing /

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00





9.4
ChemSet™ 801

Check


10.1
ChemSet™ 101


Product
™
ChemSet Injection 101 is a medium duty,
peroxide initiated injection anchor.

Fast installation:
• Load in 90 minutes (at 20°C).
Versatile:
• Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates.
• Available in longer working time tropical formula.
• Solid concrete, hollow block and brick.
Installation
sufficiently cured as specified in the following diagrams.

-10°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Times
Remove all debris using hole blower. 101 Tropical
Hole may be damp but no water present. Gel Time Loading Time Gel Time Loading Time
(mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 40°C 4 0.75 6 1
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole

while turning. 30°C 7 1 9 1.5
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture. 20°C 10 1.5 12 - 16 2
5°C 30 5 40 6
0°C 40 7
Note: Cartridge temperature Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 15°C. minimum 15°C.

10.2-3
ChemSet™ 101

Anchor size, db
(mm)
p , h ((mm)) ((Nm)) ((mm)) ((mm)) ( )
(mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
Workingg Load Limit Capacity

p y
Anchor size,
ze, db
(mm)
M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 3.4 4.5 5.1
M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 4.5 6.0 6.8
M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 12.5 14.4 15.3
M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 10.1 13.5 15.3
16.6 22.3 25.2
M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1
18.8 25.2 28.6
24.4 32.7 37.0
M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2
32.1 42.9 48.6
#
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

Description Cartridge Size Climate Part No.
ChemSet™ 101 Cartridge 380 ml Temperate C101C
ChemSet™ 101 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml Temperate C101J
™
ChemSet 101 Kit 2 x 380 ml Temperate ISKP
ChemSet™ 101 Tropical Cartridge 2 x 380 ml Tropical ISKPT
Mixer Nozzle for 101 – – ISNP

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh


10.4
ChemSet™ 101

60 Notes:

~ f'c = 32 MPa
40
M24
30
M20
20
M16
10 M12
M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for either ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 45.
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

10.4
ChemSet™ 101


60 6.1
70 7.2 8.4
80 8.2 9.6
90 10.8 12.7
100 12.0 14.1
110 15.5 21.3
120 16.9 23.3
125 17.6 24.2
140 19.7 27.1 37.4
150 40.1 55.2
160 42.7 58.8
170 45.4 62.5
180 48.1 66.2
190 50.7 69.9
200 53.4 73.5
210 77.2
220 80.9
230 84.6
240 88.2
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud and Injection Rod nominal depths.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.74 0.86 1.00 1.13 1.27

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1

25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1

10.4
ChemSet™ 101


25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1





10.4
ChemSet™ 101

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 226.8 236.1
600 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

10.4
ChemSet™ 101

Anchor spacing /

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™




10.4
ChemSet™ 101

Check


11.1
ChemSet™ Maxima™
Spin Capsules


L
Product
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule is a heavy duty,
d
acrylic capsule anchor.

No measuring, no mess, no waste:
• Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsules.
Versatile:
• Use in damp or flooded holes or even underwater.
Fast installation:
• Cures in minutes and can be loaded in 20 min (at 20°C).
High bond strength:
• Acrylic adhesive.
High corrosion resistance:
RATED FOR SUSTAINED LOADING
Installation
• Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.

-23°C to 60°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting Times
Gel Time Loading Time
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. (mins) (hrs)
Remove all debris using hole blower.
3. Insert correct size Spin capsule into the hole. 15 20 mins
4. Using appropriate driver accessories, drive the ChemSet™ Anchor 20°C

Stud into the hole using a hammer drill (on rotation). 15°C 25 30 mins
5. Cure as per setting times. 10°C
6. Attach fixture and tighten nut in accordance with recommended 5°C 45 1
tightening torque.
0°C
60 5
-5°C

11.2-3
Spin Capsules

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Stud
Anchor size, db
(mm)
dh (mm)
( ) df ((mm)) depth,
p , h (mm)
( ) ( )
(Nm) ( )
(mm) ((mm)) ( )
(mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170** 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210** 270
** Note: To achieve these non standard effective depths, use an additional CHEM08 Maxima™ spin capsule per hole.
Working Load Limit Capacity
Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete
Anchor size,
ze, db
(mm)
Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Concrete compressive strength, f’c
M8 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 6.9 7.9 8.5
M10 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 9.3 10.3 10.3
M12 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 13.3 15.3 15.4
M16 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 19.4 22.3 23.9
31.0 35.7 38.2
M20 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1
35.2 40.5 43.3
35.9 41.3 44.1
M24 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2
47.1 54.2 57.9
#
Nac = Nuc / 3.0
11.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules

Capsule dimensionss To suit ChemSett™ Anchor Stud Capsule
Nominal diameter, d (mm) Capsule length, L (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Part No.
9.5 80 M8 80 CHEM08
11 80 M10 90 CHEM10
13 95 M12 110 CHEM12
17 95 M16 125 CHEM16
21.5 115 M20 150 CHEM2024
21.5 115 M24 160 CHEM2024
Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,

h + (2 x dh)

Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
on page 45.

11.4

80 Notes:
70 ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.
60 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
50 M24
40
M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the “Description and
Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules on page 72.

11.4

80 14.3
90 19.2
110 27.5
125 40.2
150 64.4
160 74.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1

25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1

11.4


25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1




11.4

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 226.8 236.1
600 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

11.4

Anchor spacing /

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00




11.4

Check


Notes

Introduction
Chemical Anchoring - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage
Chemical Anchoring
The following section applies to reinforcing bar in anchorage

applications and where bar lengths will be less than 12 x bar
diameter. For structural post-installed reinforcing bar designs
intended to comply with AS3600, please refer to the section db
titled Chemical Anchoring Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar.
dh
• Reinforcing bar complying with the requirements of h
grade 500 according to AS/NZS 4671:2001.
• Reidbar™ Continuously threaded reinforcing bar.

12.1
ChemSet™
Reinforcing Bar

12.1 ESTIMATING CHARTS
Number of N10 Bars
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
Hole Diameter (mm) Hole Depth (mm) Number of 750 ml cartridges
60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
70 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
90 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3
14
110 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
125 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
150 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
160 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4
Number of N12 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
70 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
80 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
90 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3
100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
16
110 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
125 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
150 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
210 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6
Number of N16 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
100 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
125 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
150 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5
175 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 6
20
200 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
225 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 7
250 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 7 8
270 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of N20 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
125 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
150 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8
170 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9
200 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 7 8 9 10
25
225 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 9 10 11
250 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 10 11 13
275 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 9 10 12 14
300 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 11 13 15
Number of N24 Bars

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 150 175 200
150 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 7 8 10 11
175 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 8 10 11 13
210 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 10 11 13 15
225 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16
30
250 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 11 14 16 18
275 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 15 17 20
300 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 16 19 21
325 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 15 18 20 23

12.1-2
ChemSet™
Reinforcing Bar
12.1 ESTIMATING CHARTS (cont)

Number of N28 Bars
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 150 175 200
170 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 11 13 15 17
200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 17 19
225 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 17 19 22
250 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 15 18 21 24
35
270 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 12 17 20 23 26
300 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 12 13 18 22 25 29
325 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 14 20 24 27 31
350 2 4 5 7 9 10 12 14 15 21 25 30 34
Number of N32 Bars

5 10 15 20 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
210 1 2 2 3 4 4 7 10 12 17 20 23 27
250 1 2 3 4 4 5 8 11 14 20 24 28 32
275 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 12 16 22 26 30 35
300 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 14 17 24 28 33 38
40
325 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 15 19 26 31 36 41
350 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 16 20 28 33 38 44
375 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 17 21 30 35 41 47
400 2 3 4 5 7 8 13 18 23 32 38 44 50
Number of N36 Bars

5 10 15 20 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
225 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 13 16 22 27 31 36
250 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 14 18 25 30 35 40
275 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 16 20 27 33 38 43
300 2 3 4 5 6 8 12 17 22 30 36 42 47
45
330 2 3 4 6 7 8 13 19 24 33 39 46 52
375 2 3 5 6 8 9 15 21 27 37 44 52 59
400 2 4 5 7 8 10 16 22 29 40 47 55 63
425 2 4 5 7 9 10 17 24 30 42 50 59 67
Number of N40 Bars

4 6 8 10 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
225 1 2 2 3 6 7 11 16 20 28 33 38 44
250 1 2 2 3 7 8 13 17 22 31 37 43 49
275 2 2 3 3 7 8 14 19 24 34 40 47 54
300 2 2 3 3 8 9 15 21 27 37 44 51 58
50
360 2 3 3 4 9 11 18 25 32 44 53 61 70
400 2 3 4 4 10 12 20 27 35 49 58 68 78
425 2 3 4 5 11 13 21 29 37 52 62 72 82
450 2 3 4 5 11 14 22 31 40 55 66 76 87

Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar Size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260
Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy , (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer's published information and AS/NZS 4671:2001

13.1

PERFORMANCE RELATED
A MATERIAL
A SPECIFICA
ATION INSTALL
T A ATION RELATED
A
Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is an extra heavy duty epoxy
anchoring adhesive.

• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays.
Greater security:
• Exceeds steel strength up to AISI 316 Stainless Steel at
recommended embedments.
• High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs.
Versatile:
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes.
Greater safety:
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
Note: For post-installed reinforcing bar design, refer to Reinforcing Bar
Technology section of this document.
Installation Installation temperature limits:

-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5
Reo 502™
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. Working Time Cure Time
(mins) (hrs)
40°C

Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 32°C 8.5 2
ensuring no air pockets form. 27°C 12 2.5
4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 20°C 15 3
5. Allow ChemSett™ Reo 502™ to cure as per setting times. 16°C 18 5
10°C 21 8
0°C Note: Cartridge temperature

minimum 20°C.

13.2-3

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ and Reinforcing Bar
Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit
Anchor Drilled hole Effective Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nacc (kN)
size, db diameter, dh depth distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Vass (kN) Tension, Nass (kN) Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
N10 14 90 40 60 115 9.7 17.8 8.2 10.4 11.6
N12 16 110 50 70 140 14.0 25.7 12.1 15.2 17.0
N16 20 125 65 100 160 24.9 45.7 18.3 23.1 25.8
150 190 27.4 34.7 38.7
N20 25 80 120 38.9 71.4
170 215 31.0 39.3 43.9
160 240 35.1 44.4 49.6
N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7
210 270 46.0 58.2 65.1
225 280 57.5 72.8 81.4
N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0
270 315 69.0 87.3 97.6
255 320 74.5 94.3 105.4
N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7
300 365 87.7 110.9 124.0
290 365 95.3 120.6 134.8
N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8
330 410 108.5 137.2 153.4
320 400 116.9 147.9 165.3
N40 50 160 240 156.2 286.4
360 450 131.5 166.3 186.0

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml Reo502J
h ≥ 6 * dh bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,

h + (2 x dh)
(To obtain full steel strength in shear)

Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0

13.4

300
Notes:
~ Shear limited by Grade 500 Rebar steel capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
200
N40
150
N36
100
N32
N28
50
N24
25 N20
N16
N12
N10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40
em, am 30 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Refer to nominal recommended effective depths, h, listed in installation and working load limit table on page 84.
h ≥ 6 * dh

13.4

Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 17.7
90 18.7
95 19.8
100 20.8 25.0
105 21.8 26.2
110 22.9 27.4
115 23.9 28.7
125 26.0 31.2 41.6
140 29.1 34.9 46.6
150 31.2 37.4 49.9 62.4
170 42.4 56.6 70.7
180 44.9 59.9 74.9 89.8
210 69.9 87.3 104.8 122.3
240 79.8 99.8 119.8 139.7 159.7
270 112.3 134.7 157.2 179.6 202.1
300 124.8 149.7 174.7 199.6 224.6 249.5
320 133.1 159.7 186.3 212.9 239.5 266.1
330 164.7 192.1 219.6 247.0 274.5
360 179.6 209.6 239.5 269.5 299.4
420 244.5 279.5 314.4 349.3
460 306.1 344.3 382.6
500 332.7 374.3 415.9
550 411.7 457.4
600 499.0
625 519.8
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply ØNuc * 0.7.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88
95 1.00 0.89 0.82
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00

13.4

Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00

Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 246.4 321.6 408.0 504.0


13.4

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
150 28.5 30.4 34.0 38.0 41.7 45.0 48.1 51.0 53.8
170 34.3 36.7 41.0 45.9 50.3 54.3 58.0 61.6 64.9
195 42.2 45.1 50.4 56.4 61.8 66.7 71.3 75.6 79.7
215 48.8 52.2 58.4 65.3 71.5 77.2 82.6 87.6 92.3
240 57.6 61.6 68.9 77.0 84.3 91.1 97.4 103.3 108.9

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
conc. edge shear, Xvd Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

13.4

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7


13.4
Check


14.1
ChemSet™ 801

Product
adhesive.

Suitable for structural applications:
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:
• Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999.
Suitable for diamond cored holes:
Suitable for use in industrial environments where
corrosion and alkali resistance are required:
Installation

-10°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5
Setting Times
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. 801
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. (mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,
ensuring no air pockets form. 40°C – –
4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning.

30°C 3 10
5. Allow ChemSett™ 801 to cure as per setting times. 25°C 4 12
20°C 6 14
10°C 40 24
5°C 75 36

14.2-3
ChemSet™ 801

ChemSet™ Injection 801 and Reinforcing Bar
N10 14 90 40 60 115 9.7 17.8 5.1 6.5 7.2
N12 16 110 50 70 140 14.0 25.7 7.5 9.5 10.6
N16 20 125 65 100 160 24.9 45.7 11.3 14.3 16.0
150 190 17.0 21.5 24.0
N20 25 80 120 38.9 71.4
170 215 19.3 24.4 27.2
160 240 21.8 27.5 30.8
N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7
210 270 28.6 36.1 40.4
225 280 35.7 45.2 50.5
N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0
270 315 42.8 54.2 60.6
255 320 46.2 58.5 65.4
N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7
300 365 54.4 68.8 76.9
290 365 59.2 74.8 83.7
N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8
330 410 67.3 85.2 95.2
320 400 72.5 91.7 102.6
N40 50 95 145 156.2 286.4
360 450 81.6 103.2 115.4

™
ChemSet 801 Cartridge 400 ml Temperate C801C
Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series – – ISNE

h + (2 x dh)

Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260

14.4
ChemSet™ 801

200 Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
100
N40
80
N36
60 N32
N28
40
N24
20 N20
N16
N12
N10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
em, am 30 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

h ≥ 6 * dh

14.4
ChemSet™ 801

Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 11.0
90 11.6
95 12.3
100 12.9 15.5
105 13.5 16.3
110 14.2 17.0
115 14.8 17.8
125 16.1 19.4 25.8
140 18.1 21.7 28.9
150 19.4 23.2 31.0 38.7
170 26.3 35.1 43.9
180 27.9 37.2 46.4 55.7
210 43.4 54.2 65.0 75.9
240 49.5 61.9 74.3 86.7 99.1
270 69.7 83.6 97.5 111.5 125.4
300 77.4 92.9 108.4 123.9 139.3 154.8
320 82.6 99.1 115.6 132.1 148.6 165.1
330 102.2 119.2 136.2 153.3 170.3
360 111.5 130.1 148.6 167.2 185.8
420 151.7 173.4 195.1 216.8
460 189.9 213.7 237.4
500 206.4 232.2 258.0
550 255.5 283.8
600 309.7
625 322.6

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88
95 1.00 0.89 0.82
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00

14.4
ChemSet™ 801

Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00

Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 246.4 321.6 408.0 504.0


14.4
ChemSet™ 801

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
150 28.5 30.4 34.0 38.0 41.7 45.0 48.1 51.0 53.8
170 34.3 36.7 41.0 45.9 50.3 54.3 58.0 61.6 64.9
195 42.2 45.1 50.4 56.4 61.8 66.7 71.3 75.6 79.7
215 48.8 52.2 58.4 65.3 71.5 77.2 82.6 87.6 92.3
240 57.6 61.6 68.9 77.0 84.3 91.1 97.4 103.3 108.9

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

14.4
ChemSet™ 801

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7


14.4
ChemSet™ 801
Check


15.1
ChemSet™ 101

Product
™
ChemSet Injection 101 is a medium duty,

Fast installation:
• Load in 90 minutes (at 20°C).
Versatile:
• Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates.
• Available in longer working time tropical formula.
• Solid concrete, hollow block and brick.

Installation Service temperature limits:

-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
101 Tropical
Gel Time Loading Time Gel Time Loading Time
(mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
40°C 4 0.75 6 1
1 2 3 4 5
30°C 7 1 9 1.5
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. 20°C 10 1.5 12 - 16 2
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 5°C 30 5 40 6
ensuring no air pockets form. 0°C 40 7
4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. Note: Cartridge temperature Note: Cartridge temperature
5. Allow ChemSett™ 101 to cure as per setting times. minimum 15°C. minimum 15°C.

15.2-3
ChemSet™ 101

ChemSet™ Injection 101 and Reinforcing Bar
N10 14 90 40 60 115 9.7 17.8 4.3 5.5 6.1
N12 16 110 50 70 140 14.0 25.7 6.4 8.1 9.0
N16 20 125 65 100 160 24.9 45.7 9.6 12.2 13.6
150 190 14.5 18.3 20.5
N20 25 80 120 38.9 71.4
170 215 16.4 20.7 23.2
160 240 18.5 23.4 26.2
N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7
210 270 24.3 30.8 34.4
225 280 30.4 38.4 43.0
N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0
270 315 36.5 46.1 51.6
255 320 39.4 49.8 55.7
N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7
300 365 46.3 58.6 65.5
290 365 50.4 63.7 71.2
N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8
330 410 57.3 72.5 81.0
320 400 61.7 78.1 87.3
N40 50 95 145 156.2 286.4
360 450 69.5 87.9 98.2

™

h + (2 x dh)
15.3 TYPICAL ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF GRADE 500 REINFORCING BAR

Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260

15.4
ChemSet™ 101

160 Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
100
N40
80
N36
60
N32
40 N28
N24
20 N20
N16
N12
N10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
em, am 30 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

h ≥ 6 * dh

15.4
ChemSet™ 101

Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 9.3
90 9.8
95 10.4
100 10.9 13.1
105 11.5 13.8
110 12.0 14.5
115 12.6 15.1
125 13.7 16.4 21.9
140 15.3 18.4 24.6
150 16.4 19.7 26.3 32.9
170 22.4 29.8 37.3
180 23.7 31.6 39.5 47.4
210 36.9 46.1 55.3 64.5
240 42.2 52.7 63.3 73.8 84.3
270 59.3 71.1 83.0 94.8 106.7
300 65.9 79.0 92.2 105.4 118.6 131.7
320 70.2 84.3 98.4 112.4 126.5 140.5
330 86.9 101.4 115.9 130.4 144.9
360 94.8 110.7 126.5 142.3 158.1
420 129.1 147.6 166.0 184.5
460 161.6 181.8 202.0
500 175.7 197.6 219.6
550 217.4 241.6
600 263.5
625 274.5

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88
95 1.00 0.89 0.82
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00

15.4
ChemSet™ 101

Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 246.4 321.6 408.0 504.0


15.4
ChemSet™ 101

Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
150 28.5 30.4 34.0 38.0 41.7 45.0 48.1 51.0 53.8
170 34.3 36.7 41.0 45.9 50.3 54.3 58.0 61.6 64.9
195 42.2 45.1 50.4 56.4 61.8 66.7 71.3 75.6 79.7
215 48.8 52.2 58.4 65.3 71.5 77.2 82.6 87.6 92.3
240 57.6 61.6 68.9 77.0 84.3 91.1 97.4 103.3 108.9

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

15.4
ChemSet™ 101

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7


15.4
ChemSet™ 101
Check


Notes
Chemcial Anchoring - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage

Introduction
Chemical Anchoring - Post-Installled Reinforcing Bar
Chemical Anchoring - Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar
Chemical Anchoring
AS3600 – 2001 Section 13 covers development of stress in Ho e er the situation

However,
However sit ation changes whenhen another bar or bars is/are
cast-in reinforcement. introduced and or the concrete edge is no longer remote. Close bar
spacing or insufficient concrete cover may result in splitting failures
In order to obtain full steel yield stress in a reinforcing bar it must be such as those illustrated in figure 1.
embedded in concrete to a length where the bond stress and steel
stress are balanced and the bar does not displace within the concrete. From equation 1 above, stress (σb ) in the concrete surrounding the bar
The embedded length of bar is termed the Development Length (Lsy.tt). decreases with increasing embedded length (Lsy.tt). See graph below of
bond stress developed in concrete when steel yield stress is applied to
Stress Development in Post-installed Adhesive Bonded a reinforcing bar as a function of embedded length.
Reinforcement in Solid Concrete
Bond Stress at fsy in Rebar
Polymer adhesives like epoxy, generally bond significantly better to 25
Bond Stress (N/mm2)
steel reinforcement than concrete to steel reinforcement. Consequently

the development lengths of reinforcing bars bonded in concrete with 20
adhesives are often significantly shorter than development lenghts of 15
cast-in bars.
10
As with cast-in bars, loads on adhesive bonded reinforcing bars are
transmitted to and cause stress in the surrounding concrete. 5
O
The stress around a single reinforcing bar in tension remote from a O 5 10 15 20
concrete edge is given by: Lsy.t / db
σb = Ab.fsy / (Lsy.t .π.db)………..Equation1

Concrete
σb = Bond Stress to the Concrete (MPa)
Ab = Cross-sectional Area of the Bar (mm2)
fsy =Steel Yield Stress (MPa)
Lsy.t =
Minimum embedment length of rebar to develop
steel yield stress (mm) Bonded Rebars
π = pi
db = nominal bar diameter (mm)
In the case where spacing and edge distances are remote, there
is enough concrete cover to the bar and adhesive to dissipate the V-notch
stresses in the concrete and avoid splitting failures.
Figure 1.

Introduction

Therefore where there is shallow cover or close bar spacing, it is The development length tables in “Design Case 2, 3 and 4” in the
necessary to apply the splitting factor k2 listed in Section 13 of following section are calculated using equation 4.
AS3600 – 2001. The splitting factor multiplies the development length
to ensure there is sufficient embedment to reduce stress in concrete k1 = 1.0 for adhesive bonded bars. In section 13.1 of AS3600 – 2001,
and prevent splitting failures. k1 = 1.25 for all horizontal bars with > 300 mm of concrete below
them. According to Warner et al3 (pp391), a zone of weak, air and
Development lengths calculated from bond strength alone should NOT water rich concrete forms on the lower surface of ‘top’ bars, which
be used for bar anchorages designed to comply with AS3600 – 2001 reduces the bond characteristics of bars in this position. Since the
as concrete splitting is not accounted for. weakened zone of concrete is specific to cast-in bars it is not relevant
to bonded bars and therefore k1 = 1 in all cases.
If splitting factors from AS3600 are not applied to development lengths
of post-installed reinforcing bars in structural concrete elements, there For reinforcing bars in walls and slabs where clear spacing between
may be a significant reduction in safety resulting in concrete failure parallel bars developing stress is >150mm, k2 = 1.7.
and collapse due to concrete splitting. Concrete splitting is a function
of edge distance and spacing and is independent of adhesive bond For longitudinal reinforcing bars in beams and columns with fitments,
strength. k2 = 2.2.
For all other longitudinal reinforcing bar, k2 = 2.4.

Derivation of Development Length for Adhesive Bonded Bars
Edge Distance and Spacing
Development lengths are predicted from bond stress, determined
from pull out tests, according to equation 2. The predicted lengths are Edge distance and spacing of reinforcing bars are independent of
verified according to AS/NZS4671 – 2001, Appendix C4, where a load adhesive bond strength. They are related to the stress transferred from
equal to Nsy is applied and a displacement of the bar less than 0.2 mm the bars under tension, through the adhesive and into the concrete.
recorded. As shown in equation 1 stress transferred to concrete by bars under
tension is reduced by increasing embedded length. Hence AS3600
Lsy.t = Ab.fsy / (σb.π.db)………......................Equation 2 applies a factor of 1.7 to the development length for multiple bars with
> 150 mm clear spacing and a factor of 2.4 for bars with less than
150 mm clear spacing.
The development length is a function of adhesive bond stress so a limit AS3600 allows for various depths of concrete cover to bars depending
state factor of 0.6 is applied: on environmental and other circumstances. The designer must refer to
AS3600 to determine required cover.
Lsy.t / Ø = Ab.fsy / (0.6.σb.π.db)………..........Equation 3
In the following tables a minimum cover of 30 mm or 2 x db (2.5 x
db edge distance) is adopted. Where bar spacing is not defined by
Effectively the limit state factor increases development length by 67%. AS3600, it is taken as 4 x db clear spacing (5 x db centres).
The development length tables in “Design Case 1” in the following References

section are calculated using Equation 3. This relationship applies to 1. AS3600 – 2001 Concrete Structures, Standards Australia
a single bar remote from an edge and does not account for concrete 2. AS/NZS4671 – 2001 Steel Reinforcing Materials, Standards Australia
splitting affects. 3. Warner, R.F. Rangan B.V. Hall A.S. Faulkes K.A. 1998,
‘Concrete Structures’, Addison Wesley Longman Australia
For designs where there are multiple parallel reinforcing bars in
structural elements such as walls, floors, beams and columns,
concrete splitting factors from section 13.1 of AS3600 should be
used. Concrete splitting is independent of adhesive bond strength and
should be applied to all adhesive bonded bars where the design is
intended to comply with AS3600.
Applying the splitting factor from AS3600 to Equation 3 yields

Equation 4 below.
NOTE: AS3600 – 2001 Clause 13.1.2.2 prohibits reinforcing bar

development lengths of less than 12 db
For simplicity, the limit state factor Ø, is implied in equation 4
Lsy.t = k1.k2.Ab.fsy / (0.6.σb.π.db) ≥ 12 db…..Equation 4

16.1
Design Process
AS3600-2001
This information is intended for use by qualified engineers or other

suitably skilled persons. It is the designer’s responsibility to ensure
compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice, building
regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable.
This section must be used in conjunction with AS3600 – 2001 and is

intended to assist in design of reinforcing bar connections where they
are post- installed using ChemSetTM Anchoring adhesives rather than
being cast into the concrete.
For selection of the appropriate reinforcing bar diameter, reference

should be made to the manufacturer’s design tables and
AS3600 – 2001.
The document provides the steel yield development length Lsy.t, required
by AS3600 – 2001, clause 13.1.2.1 for Grade 500 reinforcing bars
post-installed with ChemSet™ Anchoring adhesives into concrete.
The design process begins with the Designer choosing the relevant
Design Case:
The Design Cases are:

1. Development Length of single bar remote from an edge (k2 = 1.0)
2. Development Length of multiple bars in walls and slabs with clear
spacing > 150 mm (k2 = 1.7)
3. Development Length of multiple bars in beams and columns with
fitments (k2 = 2.2)
4. Development Length of all other bars (k2 = 2.4)
Having obtained the nominal development length for the design case,
adjustment is made for the influence of concrete compressive strength
to yield the value Lsy.t.
In the case where there is not sufficient depth of concrete for the
reinforcing bar to be installed to Lsy.t, or the stress area of tensile
steel exceeds design requirements, the stress (σstt) less than the yield
strength (fsyy) developed in the bar is provided for a variety of lengths
(Lstt), per clause 13.1.2.2 of AS3600 - 2001. Having obtained the stress
developed in the bar for a nominated installed length, adjustment is
made to the developed stress for the influence of concrete compressive
strength.

16.2
Worked Example

DESIGN EXAMPLE 1 DESIGN EXAMPLE 2
Using the AS1170 family of Australian Standards, the design action Consider the previous case; however the footing depth is 500 mm.
effect causing tension in reinforcing bars is calculated to be: Given minimum cover is 50 mm, the maximum bar length is 450 mm.
N* = 637 kN/m. run
Use stress developed in the bar to determine the centre spacings
required to achieve the design load case at shorter bar lengths.
From Table 2, Using Lst = 450 mm

Rebar = N24
gives, σst (nom) = 400 MPa
From Table 2b, Xnc = 1.12 @ 40 MPa
Strip footing details:
f'c = 40 MPa The stress developed in the bar at this depth is,
Minimum cover = 50 mm
σst = σst (nom) * Xnc
Load case induced in
starter bars = 637 kN/m. run = 450 MPa
hence, N* ≤ Øσst * Ab
650 therefore, 637 * 103 N ≤ 0.8 * 450 * Ab
transposing gives us, Ab ≥ 1769 mm2
From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables,

Consider design of 500N grade reinforcement bar, fully developed.
N24 @ 250 mm. centres provides 1800 mm2/m. run
To satisfy Strength Limit State Design criteria,
Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement.
N* ≤ Øfsy * Ab
therefore, 637 * 103 N ≤ 0.8 * 500 * Ab
transposing gives us, Ab ≥ 1593 mm2
From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables,
N24 @ 275 mm. centres provides 1636 mm2/m. run
Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement.
As the project requires a post-installed solution, consider the use of

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ adhesive.
Design is a wall with multiple longitudinal bars at 275 mm centres

so Design Case 2 applies.
From Table 2, Lsy.t (nom) = 565 mm
From Table 2a, Xnc = 0.89 @ f’c = 40 MPa
The tensile development length for N24 bar using

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is:
Lsy.t = Lsy.t (nom) * Xnc
= 565 * 0.89
= 505 mm

16.3
Estimating Charts
CHEMICAL ANCHORING WITH POST-INSTALLED

GRADE 500 REINFORCING BAR
16.3 Estimating Charts – Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar in Solid Materials
Number of N10 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
120 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
140 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
180 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
230 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5
14
255 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6
275 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 6
300 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
400 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of N12 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
200 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5
235 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 6
250 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
270 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 6 7
16
310 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8
335 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9
400 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 7 8 9 10
500 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 10 11 13
Number of N16 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
200 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
205 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7
240 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8
280 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 7 8 9
20
350 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 9 10 11
450 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 9 11 13 14
495 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 10 12 14 16
600 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 17 19
Number of N20 Bars

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
235 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 6 8 9 10 12
300 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 11 13 15
350 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 17
455 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 17 20 23
25
500 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 13 16 19 22 25
585 3 5 6 8 9 10 12 13 15 18 22 25 29
635 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 14 16 20 24 27 31
700 4 6 7 9 11 12 14 16 17 22 26 30 34

16.3
Estimating Charts

Number of N24 Bars
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 150 175 200
320 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 14 17 20 23
335 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 15 18 21 24
400 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 18 21 25 28
480 2 4 6 7 9 11 12 14 16 21 26 30 34
30
565 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 25 30 35 40
740 3 6 8 11 13 16 19 21 24 33 39 46 52
805 3 6 9 12 15 17 20 23 26 36 43 50 57
900 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 26 29 40 48 55 63
Number of N28 Bars

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 150 175 200
350 2 4 5 7 9 10 12 14 15 21 25 30 34
400 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 24 29 34 38
500 3 5 8 10 12 15 17 19 22 30 36 42 48
680 4 7 10 13 17 20 23 26 30 41 49 57 65
35
780 4 8 12 15 19 23 26 30 34 47 56 65 74
880 5 9 13 17 21 26 30 34 38 53 63 74 84
960 5 10 14 19 23 28 32 37 41 57 69 80 92
1050 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 63 75 88 100
Number of N32 Bars

5 10 15 20 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
390 2 3 4 5 7 8 13 17 22 31 37 43 49
450 2 3 5 6 7 9 14 20 26 35 42 49 56
550 2 4 6 7 9 11 18 24 31 43 52 60 69
680 3 5 7 9 11 13 22 30 38 53 64 74 85
40
800 3 5 8 10 13 15 25 35 45 63 75 87 100
1035 4 7 10 13 17 20 33 45 58 81 97 113 129
1130 4 8 11 15 18 22 36 50 64 88 106 123 141
1250 4 8 12 16 20 24 39 55 70 97 117 136 156
Number of N36 Bars

5 10 15 20 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
430 2 4 6 7 9 11 17 24 31 43 51 59 68
550 3 5 7 9 11 13 22 31 39 54 65 76 86
650 3 6 8 11 13 16 26 36 46 64 77 89 102
800 4 7 10 13 16 19 32 44 57 79 94 110 126
45
920 4 8 11 15 18 22 36 51 65 90 108 126 144
1190 5 10 14 19 24 28 47 66 84 117 140 163 186
1300 6 11 16 21 26 31 51 72 92 127 153 178 204
1400 6 11 17 22 28 33 55 77 99 137 165 192 219
Number of N40 Bars

4 6 8 10 25 30 50 70 90 125 150 175 200
500 2 3 4 5 13 15 25 34 44 61 73 85 97
650 3 4 6 7 16 19 32 44 57 79 94 110 126
800 4 5 7 8 20 24 39 54 70 97 116 135 155
950 4 6 8 10 23 28 46 65 83 115 138 161 184
50
1045 5 7 9 11 26 31 51 71 91 126 152 177 202
1355 6 8 11 14 33 40 66 92 118 164 196 229 262
1475 6 9 12 15 36 43 72 100 128 178 214 249 285
1550 6 9 12 15 38 45 75 105 135 187 225 262 299

16.4
Estimating Chart
Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar

16.4 ESTIMATING CHART
Typical Engineering Properties of AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500N Reinforcing Bar
Rebar size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Stress area, Ab (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260
Yield stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile steel yield capacity
39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
Nsy, (kN)
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer’s published information and AS/NZS4671 - 2001.

17.1-2

PERFORMANCE RELATED
A INSTALL
T A ATION RELATED
A
Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is a extra heavy duty epoxy
anchoring adhesive.

• Shorter 500 MPa bar development lengths from
high bond strength – faster installation.
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes –
no weather delays.
Greater security:
• AS3600 - 2001 500 MPa bar development lengths
tested to AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
• Specially formulated for AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500
reinforcing bars.
• Long 15 minute working time to allow full bar insertion.
Versatile:
• Bonds in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes.
• Bonds in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes.
Greater safety: Installation temperature limits:
• Low odour. • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C.
• Non-flammable. • Adhesive: 20°C to 32°C.
Installation sufficiently cured as specified.
-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
Reo 502™
Working Time Cure Time
(mins) (hrs)
1 2 3 4 5
40°C
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 32°C 8.5 2

2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. 27°C 12 2.5
Remove all debris using hole blower. 20°C 15 3
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. 16°C 18 5
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 10°C 21 8
ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 20°C.
of hole while turning.
5. Allow ChemSet™ Reo 502™ to cure as per setting times.

Description Cartridge Size Part No. Working Time at 20°C Cure Time at 20°C
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml Reo502J 15 minutes 3 hours

17.3
17.3 Strength Limit State Design

For Single Bar Remote from an Edge (e > 4 db)
For designs intended to comply with AS3600, refer to Design cases 2, 3 and 4
Concrete Splitting Factors

k1 1.0
k2 1.0
Table 1 Nominal steel yield development length Lsy.t (nom), of Grade 500 reinforcing bar in
tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet™ Reo 502™
Minimum Cover, e (mm) 40 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160
Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm)* NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
Adhesive reduced ultimate
tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
ØNub, (kN), Øc = 0.6
Nominal development length
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 105 140 205 265 335 400 470 540 615
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, σst ((nom)) (MPa)
50 238
60 286
70 333 250
80 381 286
90 429 321
100 476 357 244 σst < fsy
105 500 375 256
120 429 293 226
140 500 341 264 209
160 390 302 239
190 463 358 284 238
205 500 387 306 256
205 387 306 256 218
230 434 343 288 245 213
265 500 396 331 282 245
300 448 375 319 278
335 500 419 356 310 272
360 450 383 333 293
380 σst > fsy 475 404 352 309
400 500 426 370 325
430 457 398 350
450 479 417 366
470 500 435 382
540 500 439
615 500
500 Denotes adhesive tensile bond stress at Grade 500 steel yield development length, Lsy.t
Interpolation permitted. Do not extrapolate.

17.3

Table 1a Concrete compressive strength effect on development length, tension, Xnc
f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80
Design reinforcing bar steel development length, Lsy.tt (mm)
Lsy.tt = Lsy.tt (nom) * Xnc

If there is insufficient concrete depth to install bar to Lsy.t
go to Checkpoint 1b
Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply Lsy.t by 1.4.
Table 1b Concrete compressive strength effect on steel stress, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
Design tensile steel stress, σstt (MPa)

Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply σst by 0.7.

17.3

Multiple Bars in Walls and Slabs, Clear Spacing > 150 mm
Steel yield development length, Lsy.t (AS3600 - 2001, clause 13.1.2.1)

k1 1.0
k2 1.7
Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm)* 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 160
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 180 235 350 455 565 680 800 920 1,045
120 333
140 389
160 444 340
170 472 362
180 500 383
200 426 286
σst < fsy
210 447 300
220 468
68 314
235 500 336 258
280 400 308
320 457 352 283
350 500 385 310 257
390 429 345 287 244
430 473 381 316 269 234
455 500 403 335 284 247
500 442 368 313 272 239
565 500 415 353 307 270
590 434 369 321 282
630 σ t>f y 463 394 342 301
680 500 425 370 325
720 450 391 344
760 475 413 364
800 500 435 383
920 500 440
1045 500

17.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 2b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


17.3

Longitudinal Bars in Beams and Columns with Fitments

k1 1.0
k2 2.2
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 230 310 450 585 740 880 1,035 1,190 1,355
120 261
180 391
200 435 323
220 478 355
230 500 371
260 419 289 σst < fsy
280 452 311
300 484 333
310 500 344 265
380 422 325
420 467 359 284
450 500 385 304 256
520 444 351 295 251
560 479 378 318 271 235
585 500 395 332 283 246
650 439 369 314 273 240
690 466 392 333 290 255
740 500 420 357 311 273
790 σst > fsy 449 382 332 292
880 500 425 370 325
940 454 395 347
970 469 408 358
1035 500 435 382
1190 500 439
1355 500

17.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 3b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


17.3

All Other Longitudinal Bars

k1 1.0
k2 2.4
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 255 335 495 635 805 960 1,130 1,300 1,475
120 235
180 353
200 392 299
220 431 328
230 451 343
240 471 358 242 σst < fsy
255 500 381 258
300 448 303
320 478 323 252
335 500 338 264
420 424 331 261
470 475 370 292 245
495 500 390 307 258 219
550 433 342 286 243 212
600 472 373 313 265 231
635 500 394 331 281 244 215
690 429 359 305 265 234
805 500 419 356 310 273
860 σst > fsy 448 381 331 292
910 474 403 350 308
960 500 425 369 325
1000 442 385 339
1130 500 435 383
1300 500 441
1475 500

17.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 4b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


Notes

18.1-2
ChemSet™ 801

PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
adhesive.

Greater security:
• AS3600 - 2001 development lengths tested
to AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
Versatile:
Greater safety:
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
• Suitable for contact with drinking water to AS4020 - 1999.
Installation

-10°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5
1. Setting Times
2. 801
Hole must be dry. (mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 40°C – –
4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning.

30°C 3 10
5. Allow ChemSet™ 801 to cure as per setting times.
25°C 4 12
20°C 6 14
10°C 40 24
5°C 75 36

™
ChemSet 801 Cartridge 380 ml C801C 6 minutes 14 hours
ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo 750 ml C801J 6 minutes 14 hours

18.3
ChemSet™ 801


k1 1.0
k2 1.0
tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet™ 801
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 150 170 270 380 495 625 765 915 1,070
120 400
130 433
140 467 412
145 483 426
150 500 441
155 456 287 σst < fsy
160 471 296
165 485 306 217
170 500 315 224 172
200 370 263 202
240 444 316 242 192
270 500 355 273 216
300 395 303 240 196
340 447 343 272 222 186
380 500 384 304 248 208
450 455 360 294 246
495 500 396 324 270 231
530 424 346 290 248
590 σst > fsy 472 386 322 276
625 500 408 342 292
680 444 372 318
700 458 383 327
765 500 418 357
915 500 428
1070 500

18.3
ChemSet™ 801

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 1b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

18.3
ChemSet™ 801


k1 1.0
k2 1.7
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 255 290 460 640 845 1,065 1,300 1,550 1,820
120 235
180 353
200 392
220 431 379
255 500 440
260 448 283 σst < fsy
270 466 293
280 483 304
290 500 315 227
350 380 273
400 435 313 237
460 500 359 272 216
550 430 325 258 212
600 469 355 282 231 194
640 500 379 300 246 206
750 444 352 288 242 206
845 500 397 325 273 232
870 408 335 281 239
970 σst > fsy 455 373 313 266
1065 500 410 344 293
1150 442 371 316
1250 481 403 343
1300 500 419 357
1550 500 426
1820 500

18.3
ChemSet™ 801

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 2b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

18.3
ChemSet™ 801


k1 1.0
k2 2.2
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 330 375 595 830 1,090 1,375 1,680 2,010 2,355
150 227
180 273
220 333 293
250 379 333
280 424 373
300 455 400 252 σst < fsy
330 500 440 277
350 467 294
375 500 315 226
475 399 286
550 462 331 252
595 500 358 273 216
680 410 312 247 202
780 470 358 284 232 194
830 500 381 302 247 206
1000 459 364 298 249 212
1090 500 396 324 271 231
1200 436 357 299 255
1300 σst > fsy 473 387 323 276
1375 500 409 342 292
1450 432 361 308
1590 473 396 338
1680 500 418 357
2010 500 427
2355 500

18.3
ChemSet™ 801

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 3b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

18.3
ChemSet™ 801


k1 1.0
k2 2.4
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 360 410 650 905 1,190 1,500 1,830 2,190 2,570
100 139
120 167
170 236 207
220 306 268
270 375 329
320 444 390 246 σst < fsy
360 500 439 277
390 476 300
410 500 315 227
410 500 315 227
500 385 276 210
600 462 331 252 200
650 500 359 273 217 178
700 387 294 233 191 160
800 442 336 267 219 183
905 500 380 302 247 207 176
1150 483 383 314 263 224
1190 500 397 325 272 232
1300 σst > fsy 433 355 297 253
1400 467 383 320 272
1500 500 410 342 292
1700 464 388 331
1830 500 418 356
2190 500 426
2570 500

18.3
ChemSet™ 801

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 4b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Notes

19.1-2
ChemSet™ 101

PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ 101 is a medium duty, peroxide cured
injection anchor.

• Fast 90 minute cure time.
Greater security:
• AS3600 - 2001 developmental lengths tested
to AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
Installation

-10°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5

Setting Times
Remove all debris using hole blower. 101 Tropical
Hole may be damp but no water present. Gel Time Loading Time Gel Time Loading Time
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. (mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form.
40°C 4 0.75 6 1
4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning.
5. Allow ChemSett™ 101 to cure as per setting times. 30°C 7 1 9 1.5
20°C 10 1.5 12 - 16 2
5°C 30 5 40 6
0°C 40 7

ChemSet™ 101 Cartridge 380 ml C101C 10 minutes 90 minutes
™
ChemSet 101 Jumbo 750 ml C101J 10 minutes 90 minutes
ChemSet™ 101 Kit 2 x 380 ml ISKP 10 minutes 90 minutes
ChemSet™ Injection Tropical 2 x 380 ml ISKPT 15 minutes 120 minutes

19.3
ChemSet™ 101


k1 1.0
k2 1.0
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 510 525 585 750 920 1,005 1,170 1,335 1,505
200 196
250 245
300 294 286
350 343 333
400 392 381
450 441 429 385 σst < fsy
510 500 486 436
520 495 444 347
525 500 449 350 285
540 462 360 293
560 479 373 304 279
585 500 390 318 291
620 413 337 308 265
680 453 370 338 291 255
750 500 408 373 321 281
850 462 423 363 318
920 500 458 393 345 306
950 473 406 356 316
975 σst > fsy 485 417 365 324
1005 500 429 376 334
1050 449 393 349
1100 470 412 365
1170 500 438 389
1335 500 444
1505 500

19.3
ChemSet™ 101

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 1b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

19.3
ChemSet™ 101


k1 1.0
k2 1.7
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 870 890 990 1,275 1,565 1,710 1,985 2,275 2,560
300 172
400 230
500 287 281
600 345 337
700 402 393
800 460 449 404 σst < fsy
870 500 489 439
880 494 444
890 500 449 349
920 465 361
950 480 373 304
990 500 388 316 289
1050 412 335 307 264
1100 431 351 322 277 242
1275 500 407 373 321 280
1300 415 380 327 286 254
1565 500 458 394 344 306
1600 468 403 352 313
1650 σst > fsy 482 416 363 322
1710 500 431 376 334
1750 441 385 342
1850 466 407 361
1985 500 436 388
2275 500 444
2560 500

19.3
ChemSet™ 101

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 2b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

19.3
ChemSet™ 101


k1 1.0
k2 2.2
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 1,125 1,150 1,285 1,650 2,025 2,215 2,570 2,940 3,315
500 222
600 267
700 311 304
800 356 348
900 400 391
1000 444 435 389 σst < fsy
1125 500 489 438
1140 496 444
1150 500 447 348
1180 459 358
1200 467 364 296
1285 500 389 317 290
1350 409 333 305 263
1550 470 383 350 302 264
1650 500 407 372 321 281
1800 444 406 350 306 271
1900 469 429 370 323 287
2025 500 457 394 344 305
2100 σst > fsy 474 409 357 317
2215 500 431 377 334
2300 447 391 347
2400 467 408 362
2570 500 437 388
2940 500 443
3315 500

19.3
ChemSet™ 101

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 3b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

19.3
ChemSet™ 101


k1 1.0
k2 2.4
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 1,225 1,255 1,400 1,800 2,210 2,415 2,800 3,210 3,615
600 245
700 286
800 327 319
900 367 359
1000 408 398
1100 449 438 393 σst < fsy
1225 500 488 438
1230 490 439
1240 494 443 344
1255 500 448 349
1300 464 361 294
1350 482 375 305 280
1400 500 389 317 290 250
1600 444 362 331 286 249
1700 472 385 352 304 265
1800 500 407 373 321 280 249
2000 452 414 357 312 277
2210 500 458 395 344 306
2250 σst > fsy 466 402 350 311
2350 487 420 366 325
2415 500 464 405 360
2700 482 421 373
2800 500 436 387
3210 500 444
3615 500

19.3
ChemSet™ 101

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 4b

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Introduction
Mechanical Anchoring
Mechanical
Anchoring
Ramset™ have been offering mechanical anchors in the Australian Product design, manufacturing tolerances and manufacturing quality
market place for over 50 years. During this time Ramset™ brand control have a major affect on anchor performance. The only way to
names have entered into common language on building sites all over determine an anchor’s actual performance is to measure it at all of its
Australia. Names like DynaBolt™ and TruBolt™ have become recognised design and tolerance limits. The performance of Ramset™ Anchors are
as the best sleeve anchors and stud anchors alike. But only Ramset™ determined by extensive and rigorous testing to enable us to provide
supplies the original, proven products like DynaBolt™ sleeve anchors, information on how our products will perform over a wide range of
TruBolt™ stud anchors, SpaTec™ Plus heavy duty anchors, AnkaScrew™ conditions and advise as to their limitations.
screw-in anchors and DynaSet™ internally threaded anchors. These tried
and tested Ramset™ brand names represent Quality, Reliability and The correct anchor for a particular load case can only be selected by
Performance. The Ramset™ ISO9001 accreditation assures it. referring to reliable design information issued by the supplier for their
anchors. Performance and design information from one supplier does not
Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality products, Ramset™ apply to anchors from other suppliers, even if they appear to be the same
understands masonry anchoring technology and offers published or have the same generic description.
information, such as this book, to guide correct product selection and
safe installation. Extensive research, development and testing are The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer
invested in Ramset™ products so that designers can be secure in the to the Ramset™ mechanical anchoring range and provides performance
knowledge that they have access to the real performance and capabilities information to allow selection of the right anchor for the job.
of the anchors.
It is performance that defines an anchor’s capabilities. An anchor’s

performance cannot be deduced from its description.
For example not all sleeve anchors perform like DynaBolt™ sleeve
anchors and not all stud anchors perform like TruBolt™ stud anchors.

20.1
SpaTec™ Plus
Safety Anchors

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED
Product Le
The Spatec Plus anchor is a through fixing, torque
™
controlled, heavy duty sleeve type expansion anchor db

ideally suited where security and reliability are
paramount.

Suitable for structural loads:
• High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
• Heavy duty, heat treated washer.
• Heavy duty, thick expansion sleeve that provides secure
grip to concrete.
Improved security:
• Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if
overloaded.
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload.
Resistant to cyclic loading:
• Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain
65% of initial preload.
Fast installation:
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Neat finish:
• Low profile hex and countersunk heads available.
• Zinc plated and stainless steel available.
Installation
1 2 3
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth

using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a
hole cleaning brush.
Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly, insert the
anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the
washer contacts the fixture.
3. Tighten the bolt with a torque wrench to the specified assembly
torque.

20.2-3
SpaTec™ Plus
Safety Anchors
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Workingg Load Limit (kN)
( )
Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive
p strength,
g , f’c
((mm)) ((mm)) ((mm)) depth,
p , h (mm)
( ) ((Nm)) ((mm)) ((mm)) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
60 100 180 11.5 8.6 10.9 12.1
M10 15 17 70 50 105 210 19.3 10.8 13.7 15.3
80 120 240 19.3 13.2 16.7 18.7

70 120 210 16.7 11.3 14.3 16.0
M12 18 20 85 80 130 255 27.6 15.2 19.2 21.4
95 145 285 27.6 17.9 22.6 25.3
95 160 285 31.1 19.2 24.3 27.2
M16 24 26 105 120 160 315 52.3 22.4 28.3 31.6
115 175 345 52.3 25.6 32.4 36.2
110 205 330 50.4 25.3 32.1 35.8
M20 28 32 125 200 205 375 75.8 30.7 38.8 43.4
140 210 420 75.8 36.4 46.0 51.5
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Drilled hole Effective Part Number Effective depth, h (mm)
Anchor diameter, dh length, Le Zinc Stainless Steel Zinc
size, db (mm) (mm) (Hex Hd) (Hex Hd) (C/Sunk Hd) h = Le - t
90 SP10105 - - t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
M10 115 97 - - SP10105F
95 - SP10110SS -
90 SP12105 - -
M12 18 105 SP12120 SP12120SS - Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
120 - - SP12120F
bm = h + (3.5 x dh)
120 - SP16145ESS* -
M16 24
125 SP16145 - -
M20 28 150 SP20170 - -
*Note hex nut assembly.
20.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Shank Bolt stress Bolt yield Spacer Spacer yield Section
Anchorr diameter, ds area, As strength, fy Bolt UTS,, area, As strength, fy Spacer UTS,
TS, modulus
size db
size, (mm) (mm ) 2
(MPa) fu (MPa) (mm )2
(MPa) fu (MPa) Z (mm )3
M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 65.2 350 480 62.3

M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 101.6 330 430 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 198.0 330 430 277.5
M20 19.7 245.0 660 830 238.3 330 430 540.9
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - 316 Stainless Steel

Shank Bolt stress Bolt yield Spacer Spacer yield Section
Anchorr diameter, ds area, As strength, fy Bolt UTS,, area, As strength, fy Spacer UTS,
TS, modulus
size db
size, (mm) (mm ) 2
(MPa) fu (MPa) (mm )2
(MPa) fu (MPa) Z (mm )3
M10 9.8 58.0 600 800 65.2 260 585 62.3

M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 101.6 260 585 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 350 700 198.0 260 585 277.5

20.4
SpaTec™ Plus

100 Notes:
~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.
80 ~ No edge or spacing effects.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
60
M20
40
M16
M12
20
M10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20
Edge distance, em 100 120 160 205
Anchor spacing, am 65 80 105 135

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table on page 146.
h = Le - t
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
Anchor size determined, absolute minimum compliance achieved,

effective depth (h) calculated.

20.4
SpaTec™ Plus

Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 15 18 24 28

60 19.6
65 22.0
70 24.6 25.8
75 27.3 28.6
80 30.1 31.5
85 33.0 34.5
90 37.6
95 40.8 43.8
100 47.3
110 54.6 57.7
120 62.2 65.8
130 70.1 74.2
140 82.9

f’c ((MPa)) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37

Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250
60 1.00
65 1.00
70 0.97 1.00
75 0.92 1.00
80 0.88 1.00 1.00
85 0.85 0.99 1.00 1.00
90 0.82 0.95 1.00 1.00
95 0.79 0.91 1.00 1.00 1.00
100 0.77 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00
110 0.72 0.83 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00
120 0.69 0.79 0.88 0.98 1.00 1.00
130 0.66 0.75 0.84 0.93 1.00 1.00
140 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.97 1.00

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnae = 1.0
Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99
65 0.69 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00
70 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98
75 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94
80 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1.00
85 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.99
90 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.96
95 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94
100 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.92 1.00
110 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95
120 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 0.85 0.92 1.00
130 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00
140 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98

20.4
SpaTec™ Plus

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnai = 1.0
60 0.42 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97
65 0.38 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90
70 0.36 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95
75 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89
80 0.31 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83
85 0.29 0.39 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.98
90 0.28 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.93
95 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88
100 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.83 1.00
110 0.23 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.00
120 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97
130 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.45 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1.00
140 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95
Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8
Carbon steel 37.1 54.0 100.5 162.7
316 Stainless Steel 37.1 54.0 87.9


20.4
SpaTec™ Plus

Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVuc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
100 16
125 22.4 24.6
150 29.5 32.3
175 37.1 40.7 47.0
200 45.4 49.7 57.4 62
250 63.4 69.4 80.2 86.6
300 83.3 91.3 105.4 113.9
400 128.3 140.5 162.3 175.3
500 196.4 226.8 245.0
600 258.2 298.1 322.0
800 459.0 495.8
1000 692.9

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
75 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
85 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54
100 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
120 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
150 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
175 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.54
200 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
300 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56
400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58
600 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62
800 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70
1200 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74
1500 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80
1800 0.95 0.86
2100 1.00 0.92
2500 1.00

20.4
SpaTec™ Plus

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Full Shear, (bolt and spacer) (kN)

Carbon Steel 38.5 55.1 104.5 151.7
h min to achieve full shear (mm) 70 80 105 130
Bolt Shear only (kN)

Carbon Steel 23.0 33.5 62.3 100.9
h min to achieve full shear (mm) 60 72 96 112


20.4
SpaTec™ Plus
Check


21.1
Boa™ Coil
Expansion Anchors

Product Le
The Boa™ Coil Anchor is a heavy duty, rotation

setting expansion anchor.

High load capacity: db
• Expansion coil locks into concrete to give cast-in type performance.
• High tensile capacity of grade 8.8 steel bolt.
High clamping load:
• Rotation setting action pulls down.
Resistant to cyclic loading:
• Pull-down action.
Fast installation:
Easy and fast to remove:
• Expansion coil stays in hole leaving no protruding metal
parts to grind off.
Installation
1 2 3 4
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth

using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with
a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump,
compressed air, or vacuum.
2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly (the coil
tab points up the anchor), insert the anchor through the fixture.
Tap the anchor down to the depth set mark, with a hammer,
and stop.
3. Wind the anchor down, with an appropriately sized spanner or
socket wrench, until the washer is firmly held to the fixture
and stop (5 turns). Ensure washer is tight and snug fit.
4. The Boa™ Coil anchor is ready to take load. (The bolt can be
removed leaving the coil in the hole. To re-insert, follow steps 2 - 4.)

21.2-3
Boa™ Coil
Expansion Anchors

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Workingg Load Limit ((kN))
Anchorr Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective Turns to distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive
p strength,
g , f’c
(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) set anchorr (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
40 8.2 5.3 6.7 7.5
13 13 14 5 80 160
75 15.4 9.9 12.6 14.1
50 14.4 8.2 10.3 11.5

16 16 19 70 5 100 200 20.2 11.4 14.4 16.2
90 26.0 14.7 18.6 20.8
57 20.2 11.0 14.0 15.6
19 19 21 5 120 230
80 28.4 15.5 19.6 21.9

Anchor Effective
size, db length, Le Part No. Effective depth, h (mm)
(mm) (mm) Zn
h = Le - t
59 BAC08075
13 t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
84 BAC08100
71 BAC10090
16
106 BAC10125 Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
63 BAC12085
19 bm = 2 x h
93 BAC12115

Bolt stress area, As Bolt yield strength, fy Bolt UTS, fu Section modulus, Z
Anchor size,
size db (mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
13 77.8 680 830 97.0
16 134.4 680 830 219.8
19 196.0 680 830 387.2

21.4
Boa™ Coil
60 Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.
50
~ f'c = 32 MPa
40
30 19
16
20
13
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19
Edge distance, em 65 80 95
e ≥ 6 db 105 130 150
Anchor spacing,
p g, am
e < 6 db 130 160 190

h = Le - t

21.4
Boa™ Coil

40 12.1
45 13.6
50 15.1 18.6
55 16.6 20.5
60 18.1 22.3 26.5
70 21.2 26.0 30.9
80 24.2 29.8 35.3
90 33.5 39.8
100 37.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

70 0.93
80 1 0.88
90 0.96
100 1 0.91
120 1

100 0.82
120 0.88
140 0.95 0.86
160 1 0.92 0.85
180 0.97 0.89
200 1 0.94
220 0.98
230 1

21.4
Boa™ Coil

100 0.64
120 0.77
140 0.90 0.73
160 1 0.83 0.70
180 0.94 0.79
200 1 0.88
220 0.96
230 1
Carbon steel 51.7 89.2 130.1


21.4
Boa™ Coil

70 8.7
80 10.7 11.9
100 14.9 16.6 18.0
150 27.4 30.4 33.2
200 42.2 46.8 51.1
250 59.0 65.5 71.3
300 77.6 86.1 93.8
400 119.4 132.5 144.4
500 185.2 201.8
600 265.3
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Edge distance, e (mm) 70 80 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
100 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
125 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
150 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
175 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56
200 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
225 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.61 0.59 0.58
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58
275 1.00 0.87 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
750 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
1000 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00 1.00

21.4
Boa™ Coil

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

h ≥ 6 x db 32.0 55.3 80.7
h ≥ 5 x db 26.7 46.1 67.2
h ≥ 4 x db 21.3 36.9 53.8
h ≥ 3 x db 16.0 27.7 40.3


21.4
Boa™ Coil
Check


22.1
TruBolt™
Stud Anchors

Product Le
The TruBolt™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting

expansion anchor. db = dh

Maximum shear capacity for hole size:
• Stud diameter equals hole diameter.
Faster installation:
High clamp load:
• Stud design ensures pull-down on fixture.
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
Outstanding exterior durability:
Superior strength:
• Cold forged steel construction.
Installation
1.
TruBolt™)and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole
thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a
hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until
the washer contacts the fixture.
3. Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the specified assembly
torque.

22.2
TruBolt™
Stud Anchors

Installationn details Minimum dimensions* Workingg Load Limit (kN)
( )
Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive
p strength,
g , f’c
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa
24 45 70 2.8 1.8 2.0 2.2
M6 6 8 10
32 50 100 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.4
32 55 100 4.9 2.8 3.1 3.4

M8 8 10 20
54 80 160 4.9 6.0 6.7 7.2
40 60 120 6.8 3.8 4.3 4.7
M10 10 12 35
72 110 220 6.8 9.3 9.9 9.9
48 75 150 8.6 5.1 5.7 6.2
M12 12 15 50
86 130 260 8.6 12.1 12.7 12.7
64 100 200 14.4 7.8 8.7 9.5
M16 16 19 155
115 170 340 14.4 18.8 20.9 20.9
80 120 240 27.3 10.9 12.2 13.3
M20 20 24 355
145 220 440 27.3 26.5 29.7 32.5

Hole Effective Part No.
Anchor diameter, dh length, Le Effective depth, h (mm)
size db
size, (mm) (mm) Zn Gal S/S
28 – – – h = Le - t
38 T06055 – T06055SS t = total thickness of material(s)
M6 6
68 T06085 – T06085SS being fixed
103 T060120 – –
30 – – –
Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
M8 8 45 T08065 – T08065SS
70 T08090 – T08090SS bm = 1.5 x h
42 – – –
52 T10075 – T10075SS
M10 10
67 T10090 T10090GH T10090SS
97 T10120 – T10120SS
58 T12080 T12080GH T12080SS
71 T12100 T12100GH T12100SS
M12 12 93 T12120 – –
111 T12140 T12140GH T12140SS
151 T12180 T12180GH T12180SS
67 T16100 T16100GH T16100SS
85 T16125 T16125GH T16125SS
M16 16
110 T16150 T16150GH T16150SS
135 T16175 T16175GH T16175SS
85 T20120 T20120GH T20120SS
M20 20 115 T20160 T20160GH T20160SS
170 T20215 T20215GH –

22.3
TruBolt™
Stud Anchors

Anchors with strengths higher in the reduced section than in the
threaded section, are formed by cold working. The reduced section is
located under the expansion sleeve.
For shear loads, the critical plane is located in the threaded section,
and for tensile loads, the critical plane is located at the reduced
section.
Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section

Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size db
size, (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 20.1 4.2 460 570 660 830 12.7
M8 36.6 5.8 430 540 600 750 31.2
M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3
M12 84.3 8.9 330 410 450 560 109.2
M16 157 12.1 290 370 400 500 277.5
M20 245 16.1 360 450 360 450 540.9
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section
Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size db
size, (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 20.1 4.2 320 400 470 590 12.7
M8 36.6 5.8 350 430 480 600 31.2
M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3
M12 84.3 8.9 360 450 480 600 109.2
M16 157 12.1 480 600 480 600 277.5
M20 245 16.1 480 600 480 600 540.9

22.4
TruBolt™

60 Notes:
~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.
50 ~ No edge or spacing effects.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
40
M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
M6
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Edge distance, em 45 55 60 65 75 95
Anchor spacing, am 30 35 40 45 50 60

h = Le - t

22.4
TruBolt™

Hole diameter, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
25 4.2
30 5.5
35 6.9 6.9
40 8.5 8.5 8.5
50 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9
65 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.6
80 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
95 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0
110 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7
125 46.8 46.8 46.8
145 58.5 58.5 58.5
160 67.8 67.8
180 81.0
200

f’c ((MPa)) 20 25 32 40
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 175 200 230
25
30 1
35 0.97
40 0.88 1 1
50 0.77 0.86 0.95 1
65 0.66 0.73 0.80 0.87 1
80 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1
95 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.79 0.91 1
110 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.83 0.94 1
125 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.95 1
145 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.56 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.86 0.94 1
160 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.97

22.4
TruBolt™

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
25 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.90 1
30 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.94 1
35 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98

40 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 1
50 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 1
65 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1
80 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1
95 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94 1
110 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95 1
125 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1
145 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.90 0.96
160 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
25 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.80 1
30 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.89 1
35 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95
40 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 1
50 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 1
65 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.41 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1
80 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 1
95 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88 1
110 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1
125 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.47 0.53 0.67 0.80 0.93 1
145 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.57 0.69 0.80 0.92
160 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.36 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83

22.4
TruBolt™
Carbon steel 9.1 15.7 21.8 27.8 45.5 72.5
316 Stainless steel 6.4 12.6 21.8 29.9 55.2 97.7


22.4
TruBolt™

45 3.1
60 4.7 5.4 6.1
75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.8
100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5
150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4 34.0
200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4
250 40.1 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2
300 52.7 60.9 68.0 74.5 86.1 96.2
350 76.7 85.7 93.9 108.5 121.3
450 136.9 158.1 176.8
600 272.2
850

f’c ((MPa)) 20 25 32 40
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
30 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.51 0.51 0.51
50 0.72 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.51
60 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.51
80 0.86 0.77 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
100 0.94 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
125 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53
150 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54
200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.55
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.58 0.56
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57
400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.59
500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.62
600 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.77 0.70 0.64
800 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.77 0.69
1000 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.74
1500 1.00 1.00 0.85
2000 0.97

22.4
TruBolt™

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Carbon steel 5.7 9.8 13.5 17.1 28.8 54.7
316 Stainless steel 4.0 7.8 13.5 18.9 46.7 72.9


22.4
TruBolt™
Check


23.1
AnkaScrew™
Screw In Anchors

Le
Product
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation
setting thread forming anchor.

Fast and easy to install:
• Simply screws into hole.
Fast and easy to remove:
• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts
to grind off.
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:
• Does not expand and burst concrete.
Installation
1 2 3
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly

with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
2. Using a socket wrench, screw the AnkaScrew™ into the hole using
slight pressure until the self tapping action starts.
3. Tighten the AnkaScrew™ until flush with fixture. If resistance
is experienced when tightening, unscrew anchor one turn and
re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.

23.2-3
AnkaScrew™
Screw In Anchors

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Workingg Load Limit (kN)
( )
Anchorr Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, dh Shear, Va
diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac Concrete compressive
p strength,
g , f’c
(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) f’c > 20 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa
5 5 7 25 15 15 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.4
30 3.7 2.0 2.4 2.6
6 6 8 37 25 50 4.1 2.6 3.0 3.3

45 4.5 3.2 3.8 4.1
40 5.6 3.0 3.6 3.9
8 8 10 50 35 70 7.0 4.1 4.8 5.2
60 8.4 5.2 6.1 6.6
50 9.5 4.4 5.1 5.6
10 10 12 62 40 80 11.6 5.9 7.0 7.5
75 13.8 7.7 9.1 9.8
60 12.9 6.2 7.3 7.9
12 12 15 75 50 100 14.8 8.6 10.2 11.0
90 16.7 11.3 13.3 14.4

Anchor Effective length, Le Part No.
size, db (mm) Zn Hex Head Gal Hex Head
5 28 AS05030H -
44 AS06050H AS06050HGH
6 69 AS06075H AS06075HGH
94 AS06100H AS06100HGH
54 AS08060H AS08060HGH
8 69 AS08075H AS08075HGH
94 AS08100H AS08100HGH
54 AS10060H AS10060HGH
10 69 AS10075H AS10075HGH
94 AS10100H AS10100HGH
69 AS12075H AS12075HGH
12 94 AS12100H AS12100HGH
144 AS12150H AS12150HGH
h = lesser of Le - t, bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,

5 * dh h + (2 x dh)

Anchor Stress Yield
size, dh area, As strength, fy UTS, fu
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa)
5 15.9 600 800
6 22.9 640 800
8 42.4 640 800
10 69.4 640 800
12 84.1 640 800

23.4
AnkaScrew™

25 Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity at h = 7.5 dh
~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel
capacity and concrete capacity at h = 7.5 dh
20
~ edge or spacing effects.
No
~ f'c = 32 MPa
15 12
10
10
8
5
6
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Anchor size, db 6 8 10 12
em, am 20 25 30 35

h = lesser of Le - t,
5 * dh

23.4
AnkaScrew™

Anchor size, db 6 8 10 12
30 4.3
35 5.1
40 6.0 6.4
45 6.9 7.5
50 8.6 9.3
55 9.8 10.6
60 10.9 12.0 13.2
75 16.3 18.3
90 23.9
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3.5 x Anchor size, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c ((MPa)) 20 25 32 40
Xnc 0.85 0.92 1.00 1.08

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12
20 0.53
25 0.59 0.52
30 0.65 0.56 0.51
35 0.71 0.61 0.55 0.50
40 0.77 0.65 0.58 0.53
50 0.88 0.74 0.65 0.59
60 1 0.83 0.72 0.65
70 0.91 0.79 0.71
80 1 0.86 0.77
90 0.93 0.83
100 1 0.88
110 0.94
120 1

20 0.78
25 0.85 0.76
30 0.92 0.81 0.75
35 1 0.86 0.79
40 0.92 0.83
45 1 0.88 0.81
50 0.92 0.85
55 0.96 0.88
60 1 0.92
70 1

23.4
AnkaScrew™

20 0.56
25 0.69 0.52
30 0.83 0.63 0.50
35 1 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
45 0.94 0.75 0.63
50 1 0.83 0.69
55 0.92 0.76
60 1 0.83
70 1
Heat Treated Carbon Steel 14.6 27.1 44.4 53.8


23.4
AnkaScrew™

20 0.9
25 1.3 1.5
30 1.7 1.9 2.2
35 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
50 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1
75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3
100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3
150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4
200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6
250 46.3 51.8 56.7
300 68.0 74.5
400 114.8

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
20 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
25 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.53 0.53 0.52
30 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52
35 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52
40 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52
50 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
65 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.76 0.67 0.63 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53
80 1.00 0.96 0.82 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
100 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55
125 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56
150 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58
200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65
450 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.73
600 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80
1000 1.00 1.00 1.00

23.4
AnkaScrew™

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
h ≥ 5 x dh 6.8 12.6 20.7 25.0
h ≥ 6 x dh 7.7 14.3 23.4 28.4
h ≥ 7 x dh 8.6 16.0 26.2 31.7
h ≥ 7.5 x dh 9.1 16.8 27.5 33.4


23.4
AnkaScrew™
Check


24.1
DynaBolt™
Sleeve Anchors

Product Le
The DynaBolt™ Anchor is a medium duty, torque
setting expansion anchor. dh

Improved security:
• Patented sleeve crushes to close gaps up to 5 mm and pulls down
to induce clamp load.
Fast installation:
Versatile:
• Choice of head styles.
• From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
Installation
1 2 3
1.
depth. Clean hole thoroughly with brush.
2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed
air, etc. Insert anchor tightly against fixture and tighten with
spanner.
3. Continue tightening, allowing the sleeve to twist and
pull down the fixture firmly onto the base material.

24.2-3
DynaBolt™
Sleeve Anchors

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)
Anchorr Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, dh diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
20 55 60 2.5 1.6 2.1 2.3
6 6 8 10
25 55 75 2.5 2.2 2.7 3.0
30 60 90 4.0 3.0 3.8 4.3

8 8 10 15
35 60 105 4.0 3.3 4.2 4.7
35 70 105 6.4 3.8 4.8 5.4
10 10 12 35
45 70 135 6.4 4.6 5.9 6.6
40 70 120 7.9 4.6 5.9 6.6
12 12 15 55
50 75 150 7.9 6.1 7.7 8.6
55 85 165 10.5 7.5 9.5 10.6
16 16 19 85
65 100 195 10.5 9.4 11.9 13.3
70 105 210 15.6 10.7 13.6 15.2
20 20 24 165
85 130 255 15.6 13.1 16.6 18.6
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to
verify capacity.

Anchor Effective Part No. Anchor Effective Part No.
size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)) Zn Gal S/S size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)) Zn Gal S/S
34 DP06040 – DP06040SS 47 DP12060 DP12060GH DP12060SS
6
12
8 60 DP08065 – DP08065SS 118 DP12125 DP12125GH DP12125SS
86 DP08090 – DP08090SS 51 DP16065 DP16065GH –
34 DP10040 DP10040GH – 16 95 DP16110 DP16110GH –
42 DP10050 DP10050GH DP10050SS 129 DP16140 DP16140GH –
10 69 DP10075 DP10075GH DP10075SS 70 DP20080 DP20080GH –
96 DP10100 DP10100GH DP10100SS 20 102 DP20115 DP20115GH –
117 DP10125 – – 146 DP20160 – –

bm = 1.5 x h
5 * dh

Anchor Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Section
Thread
size, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus
size db
size,
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
6 M4.5 11.3 720 900 480 600 5.4
8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7
10 M8 36.6 560 700 480 600 31.2
12 M10 58.0 440 550 480 600 62.3
16 M12 84.3 400 500 – – 109.2
20 M16 157.0 320 400 – – 277.5

24.4
DynaBolt™

50 Notes:
~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel capacity
and concrete cone capacity at h = 5 dh.
40
~ f'c = 32 MPa
30
20
20
16
12
10
10
8
6
0
0 10 20 30 40
Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
Edge distance, em 55 60 70 70 75 85
Anchor spacing, am 35 40 45 45 50 55

5 * dh

24.4
DynaBolt™

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
20 3.7
25 5.2 5.2
30 6.9 6.9
35 8.6 8.6
40 10.6 10.6
45 12.6
50 14.8 14.8
55 17.0
60 19.4 19.4
70 24.4
80 29.9

f’c ((MPa)) 20 25 32 40
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 90 100
25
30 1
35 0.97
40 0.88 1 1
50 0.77 0.86 0.95 1
60 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.92 1
70 0.63 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.97
75 0.61 0.67 0.74 0.80 0.92
80 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1
85 0.57 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.85 0.96

25 0.83 0.90 1
30 0.78 0.83 0.94 1
35 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98
40 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 1
50 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 1
60 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 1
70 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98
75 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1
80 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 1
85 0.60 0.62 0.66 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.94 0.99

24.4
DynaBolt™

25 0.67 0.80 1
30 0.56 0.67 0.89 1
35 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95
40 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 1
50 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 1
60 0.28 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 1
70 0.24 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95 1
75 0.22 0.27 0.36 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1
80 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.94 1
85 0.20 0.24 0.31 039 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.88 0.98
Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
Carbon steel 8.1 12.9 20.5 25.5 33.7 50.2
316 Stainless steel 5.4 9.6 17.6 27.8 – –


24.4
DynaBolt™

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
55 4.1
60 4.7 5.4
70 5.9 6.9 7.7 8.4
75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.7
85 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.2 13.0 14.5
100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5
150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.3 30.4 34.0
200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4
250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2
300 68.0 74.3 86.1 96.2
350 108.5 121.3
400 148.2

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
55 0.70 0.68 0.66 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.57 0.56 0.54
60 0.72 0.70 0.67 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
70 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55
75 0.77 0.75 0.71 0.70 0.68 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
85 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55
100 0.86 0.83 0.79 0.77 0.74 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55
125 0.95 0.92 0.86 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56
150 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58
200 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60
225 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.63 0.61
300 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65
400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70
500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75
600 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.80
750 1.00 0.93 0.88
900 1.00 0.95
1100 1.00

24.4
DynaBolt™

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
Carbon steel 5.0 8.0 12.7 15.8 20.9 31.1
316 Stainless steel 3.4 6.0 10.9 17.3 – –


24.4
DynaBolt™
Check


25.1
DynaSet™
Drop In Anchors

L
Product
The DynaSet™ Anchor is a medium duty,
db dh
displacement setting expansion anchor.

Fast installation:
• Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
Convenient:
• Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths.
• Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:
• Internal threaded design.
• No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
Installation
1 2 3
1. Drill hole at recommended diameter, to at least the anchor length

in depth. Clean hole thoroughly with a brush. Remove debris by
way of a vacuum pump, compressed air, hand pump etc.
2. Insert anchor and push to required depth. Using the special setting
tool, drive the expander plug down until shoulder of the setting
punch meets top of the anchor.
3. Position fixture then insert the bolt and tighten with spanner.
The DynaSet™ anchor remains set in position if the bolt is
removed.

25.2-3
DynaSet™
Drop In Anchors

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)
Anchor Drilled hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Tension, Na
size, db diameter, dh effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
M6 8 23 6 80 60 2.2 2.0 2.5 2.8
M8 10 28 10 100 70 2.9 2.7 3.5 3.8
M10 12 38 20 135 95 3.5 4.3 5.4 6.0

M10 Flanged 12 28 12 100 70 2.9 2.7 3.4 3.8
M12 16** 48 40 170 120 6.6 6.0 7.7 8.6
M16 20 63 95 220 160 10.4 9.1 11.5 12.9
M20 25 78 180 275 195 13.1 12.5 15.8 17.7
** Hole diameter = 15 mm for M12SS

Anchor Effective Part No. Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
Anchor length, L depth, h
size db
size, Zn S/S
(mm) (mm) bm = 2 x h
M6 25 23 DSM06 DSM06SS
M8 30 28 DSM08 DSM08SS
M10 40 38 DSM10 DSM10SS
M10 Flanged 30 28 DSF10 –
M12 50 48 DSM12 DSM12SS
M16 65 63 DSM16 –
60 58 – DSM16SS
M20 80 78 DSM20 –

Anchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section
Anchor stress area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size db
size, (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 24.3 350 440 480 600 36.9
M8 32.0 350 440 480 600 63.7
M10 40.7 340 430 480 600 100.2
M12 96.3 260 320 – – 292.9
M12 S/S 72.0 – – 480 600 214.9
M16 125.5 320 450 480 600 502.1
M20 198.3 198.3 450 480 600 789.6

25.4
DynaSet™

40 Notes:
~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.
30 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
~ Bolt capacity to be confirmed separately.
20 M20
M16
10 M12
M10
M8
M6
0
0 10 20 30
Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20
Edge distance, em 80 100 135 100 170 220 275
Anchor spacing, am 60 70 95 70 120 160 195

Read value from “Description and Part

Numbers” table on page 188.

25.4
DynaSet™

Effective depth, h (mm) 23 28 38 28 48 63 78
Concrete compressive
strength, f’c (MPa)
20 3.6 4.9 7.7 4.9 10.9 16.4 22.6
25 4.0 5.4 8.6 5.4 12.2 18.3 25.2
32 4.6 6.1 9.7 6.1 13.8 20.7 28.5
40 5.1 6.9 10.8 6.9 15.4 23.2 31.9

Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.

Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distance values.

60 0.93
65 0.97
70 1 0.92 0.92
80 0.98 0.98
90 1 1
100 0.94
110 0.98
120 1 0.92
130 0.95
150 1 0.90
170 0.95
180 0.98
190 1
200 0.93
220 0.97
230 0.99
235 1

25.4
DynaSet™

60 0.87
65 0.94
70 1 0.83 0.83
80 0.95 0.95
90 1 1
100 0.88
110 0.96
120 1 0.83
130 0.90
150 1 0.79
170 0.90
180 0.95
190 1 0.81
200 0.85
220 0.94
230 0.98
235 1
Carbon steel 8.5 11.2 13.8 24.7 40.2 51.1
316 Stainless steel 11.7 15.4 19.5 34.6 60.2 –
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel
tensile capacity, ØNtf from literature supplied by the
specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected
capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards,
refer to section 35, page 217.
ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf


25.4
DynaSet™

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M12 S/S M16 M20
80 8.4
100 11.7 13.1
125 16.4 18.3
150 21.5 24.1 26.4
175 27.1 30.3 33.2 38.3 37.1
200 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 45.4
250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 63.4 73.2
300 68.0 74.5 86.1 83.3 96.2 105.4
350 93.9 108.5 105.0 121.3 132.8
400 114.8 132.5 128.3 148.2 162.3
500 207.0 226.8
650 336.2

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
60 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55
70 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55
80 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55
100 0.75 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55
120 0.80 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56
160 0.90 0.82 0.76 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56
200 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.56
250 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.58
300 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.59
400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.62
500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.65
625 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.69
750 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.73
875 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.77
1000 1.00 0.90 0.81
1250 1.00 0.88
1625 1.00

25.4
DynaSet™

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Carbon steel 4.5 5.8 7.1 13.2 20.9 26.3
316 Stainless steel 6.1 7.9 10.0 17.8 31.3 39.4
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel
shear capacity, ØVsf from literature supplied by the
specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected
capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards,
refer to section 35, page 217.
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf


25.4
DynaSet™
Check


26.1
RediDrive™
Hammer In Anchors
26.1
PERFORMANCE MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED
Product Le
The RediDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact setting

interference fit anchor.

Fast installation:
• Anchor is simply hammered in.
Secure:
• Mushroom head is tamper resistant and interference fit is
permanent.
Suitable for non-coastal exterior use:
• Mechanical Zinc Plating.
Installation
1 1. Drill 5 mm diameter hole to
correct depth using fixture as
template.
Clean thoroughly with brush.
2 2. Remove debris by way of vacuum

or hand pump, compressed air
etc.
3 3. Insert dog point into hole through

fixture and strike head of anchor
using mash hammer until head is
flush with surface.

26.2-3
RediDrive™
Hammer In Anchors
These anchors are not recommended for structure critical applications

and are typically used for simple fixing and finishing applications. Their
capacity information is therefore presented in simple Working Load Limit
format.

Installation details Minimum dimensions Working Load Limit (kN)

Anchorr
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na
size, db
diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive
p g , f’c
strength,
(mm)
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa
18 48 2.1 1.3 1.8
5 5 6.5 25 63 75 60 4.6 1.7 2.5
30 70 4.9 2.6 3.6

Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No. Effective depth, h (mm)
(mm) (mm) Zn
30 RD05030
h = Le - t
40 RD05040
5 50 RD05050
65 RD05065
75 RD05075

Anchor Stress Carbon steel Section
size, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
5 20 800 1000 12.3

27.1
ShureDrive™
Anchors

Product Le
The ShureDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact setting


Convenient:
• Simply insert through fixture and hammer in.
Economical:
• Zinc body and Zinc Plated nail.
Secure:
• Tamper resistant head style.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter
and depth. Clean thoroughly
with brush. Remove debris by
way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
2 2. Insert ShureDrive™ into hole

through fixture until head is
tight against fixture.
3 3. Drive home expansion nail

with hammer.

27.2
ShureDrive™
Anchors

format.

Installation details Minimum dimensions Workingg Load Limit ((kN))

Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Tension,, Na
size, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa
5 5 6 19 20 30 1.0 0.8 0.80
6 6 7 25 24 36 1.4 1.0 1.0

Anchor size, Effective length, Part No. Effective depth, h (mm)
db (mm) Le (mm) Zn S/S
5 22 SDM05022 – h = Le - t
30 SDM06030 SDM06030SS
6 t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
50 SDM06050 –

28.1
RamPlug™
Anchors

Product
Le
The RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting

• Anchor simply hammered in.
Convenient:
• Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with fixture surface in
over drilled holes.
Versatile:
• Anchor accepts many types of screw.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to recommended
diameter and depth using the
fixture as a template. Clean
the hole thoroughly with a hole
cleaning brush. Remove debris
with a hand pump, compressed
air or vacuum.
2 2. Insert the anchor through the
fixture and drive with a hammer
until the lip of the RamPlug™
contacts the fixture.
3 3. Insert screw into the RamPlug™.

Tighten with screwdriver.
Note: (1) Screw length = length

of RamPlug™ + thickness of
fixture
(2) Ultra long plugs supplied
with screw.

28.2
RamPlug™
Anchors

format.

Installation details Minimum dimensions Workingg Load Limit ((kN))

Anchorr
Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na
size, db
diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Conc. compressive strength, f’c
(mm)
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa
DNP05 5 5 6 25 20 30 50 0.4 0.30 0.30
DNP06 6 6 7 30 24 36 55 0.8 0.50 0.50
DNP07 7 7 7 30 28 42 55 1.1 0.65 0.65
DNP08 8 8 8 40 32 48 65 1.3 0.80 0.80
DNP10 10 10 9 50 40 60 75 2.4 1.20 1.20
DNP12 12 12 12 60 48 72 85 3.0 1.80 1.80
DLP06 6 6 7 30 24 36 85 0.4 0.35 0.35
DLP08 8 8 8 70 32 48 105 0.8 0.45 0.45
DLP10 10 10 9 70 40 60 105 1.1 0.55 0.55
DUP10080 10 10 9 70 40 60 105 2.4 0.80 0.80
DUP10100 10 10 9 70 40 60 125 2.4 0.80 0.80
DUP10135 10 10 9 70 40 60 160 2.4 0.80 0.80
DUP10160 10 10 9 70 40 60 185 2.4 0.80 0.80

Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No.
(mm) (mm) Standard Long Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head
5 25 DNP05 – – –
30 DNP06 – – –
6
60 – DLP06 – –
7 30 DNP07 – – –
40 DNP08 – – –
8
80 – DLP08 – –
50 DNP10 – – –
80 – DLP10 DUP10080F DUP10080H
10 100 – – DUP10100F DUP10100H
135 – – DUP10135F DUP10135H
160 – – DUP10160F DUP10160H
12 60 DNP12 – – –
* No. 3 Pozi Bit.

29.1
EasyDrive™
Nylon Anchors

*
Product
Le
™
Nylon Anchor is a light duty, impact
setting interference fit anchor.

Fast installation:
• Anchor simply hammered or screwed in.
Versatile:
• Choice of head styles.
Corrosion resistant:
• Stainless steel nail.
Economical:
• Zinc Plated nail.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter and
depth using fixture as template.
Clean the hole thoroughly with
brush. Remove debris with a
hand pump, compressed air or
vacuum.
2 2. Insert the anchor through the

fixture and drive with a hammer
until the lip of the EasyDrive™
nylon anchor contacts the
fixture.
3 3. Screw or tap home the expansion

nail with a hammer. The
expansion nail is easily removed
with a screwdriver.

29.2
EasyDrive™
Nylon Anchors

format.

Installation details Minimum dimensions Working Load Limit (kN)

Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na
size, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Conc. compressive strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa
5 5 5 20 20 30 45 0.50 0.20 0.20
6 6 6 30 24 36 55 0.75 0.30 0.30
6.5 6.5 6.5 25 26 39 50 0.80 0.30 0.30
8 8 8 40 32 48 65 1.00 0.40 0.40

Anchor Effective Part No.
size, db length, Le Mushroom Head Round Head Flat Head Csk Head
(mm) (mm) Zn* S/S* Zn* S/S* Zn* S/S* Zn*
20 TNM320 – – – – – –
25 TNM325 TNM325SS TNR325 TNR325SS TNL325 – –
5 33 – – – – ED05033 ED05033SS –
38 – – TNR338 – – – –
50 – – – – ED05050 – –
42 – – – – ED06042 ED06042SS –
6 55 – – – – ED06055 ED06055SS –
70 – – – – ED06075 ED06075SS –
25 TNM425 TNM425SS TNR425 – – – TNF425
38 TNM438 – TNR438 – – – TNF438
6.5
50 TNM450 – TNR450 – – – TNF450
75 TNM475 – – – – – TNF475
75 – – – – ED08080 – –
8
120 – – – – ED08120 – –
* Expansion nail.
h = Le - t

Notes

Introduction
Brick & Block Anchoring
Brick & Block

Anchoring
Ramset™ provides a range of concrete anchors for anchoring into Please note that as the performance information on
pre-manufactured masonry units from lightweight fixtures to heavy pre-manufactured masonry substrates is provided by the various
structural connections including stud types and hex bolt finishes. manufacturers in Working Load Limit format our anchor performance
data in this section is also provided in Working Load Limit format.
Anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units such as concrete
blocks, wire cut extruded clay brick and pressed solid bricks requires For lightweight applications into Brick and Block a number of alternate
a different approach to anchoring into solid in-situ concrete or precast Ramset™ Concrete Anchors may be considered.
concrete units. The anchor must firmly clamp a fixture to the face
of the substrate without splitting it or causing other damage. The 1. ShureDrive™ (see page 197 – Mechanical Anchoring section).
capacity of the anchors is frequently limited by the strength of the 2. EasyDrive™ Nylon Anchors (see page 201 – Mechanical Anchoring
substrate, and the strength of the various units available on the market section).
varies from manufacturer to manufacturer and from region to region
within any one manufacturer. Also being discrete units rather than a The performance of the above anchors is not dependent on the
continuous slab means the anchor will always be in close proximity substrate and therefore you may refer to the performance figures
to an edge of that individual unit whilst also possibly being centrally detailed in the Mechanical Anchoring section.
placed within the overall structure.
Ideally all anchors into these pre-manufactured masonry units should Anchoring into core filled hollow blocks
be in the centre of the block or brick and in the case of hollow units
such as wire cut bricks and concrete blocks the anchors should be In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete
placed in the solid section of the unit, but it is not always practical to grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specified similarly as
position fixtures to ensure this. in concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of
the masonry including the joints.
This section provides performance information to aid design of
connections to pre-manufactured masonry units. It assists design However it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors, such as
by recognising that positioning anchorage points in the centre of a Spatec™, Boa™Coil , DynaSet™ , and Maxima™ Capsule anchors.
masonry unit is not always possible by providing capacities for zones Note that Dynabolt™, Trubolt™ and AnkaScrew™ anchors should be
rather than specific points and we have also endeavoured to provide limited to 12mm anchor size and ChemSet™ Injection anchors should
a realistic evaluation of the anchor’s performance in the poorest be no greater than M16.
performing section within these zones.

30.1
Typical Masonary
Units
30.1 TYPICAL MASONRY UNITS
30.1.1 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS

CLAY BRICK – Overall CONCRETE BLOCK – Overall
76 mm
110 mm 190 mm
230 mm
SOLID BRICK 190 mm

390 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK
THREE HOLE BRICK

Nominal
115 mm
Nominal
138 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness
32 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia. Nominal
44 mm Wall Thickness 37.5 mm
Note: Due to the manufacturing process, the internal cavities
have tapered walls. Wall thickness indicated is a nominal
Nominal Nominal dimension only, taken from the centre of the block.
Wall Thickness 25 mm Web Thickness 21 mm
TEN HOLE BRICK 30.1.2 CHARACTERISTIC UNCONFINED

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
Solid Three Hole Ten Hole Concrete
Clay Brick Clay Brick Clay Brick Block
> 10 MPa > 30 MPa > 15 MPa > 8 MPa
Nominal
Wall Thickness
21 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia.
44 mm
Nominal Nominal
Wall Thickness 21 mm Web Thickness
Typically 12 mm

30.1
Typical Masonary
Units
30.1.3 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS Corner – Block
Corner – Brick • One anchor per cavity.

• Minimum edge distance = 1/2 block.
• One anchor per brick.
• Minimum edge distance = one brick.
Top of Wall – Block
Top of Wall – Brick • One anchor per cavity.

• Two clear courses down from top of wall.
• One anchor per brick.
• Three clear courses down from top of wall.
30.1.4 MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES CONCRETE BLOCK
CLAY BRICK
See page 205 ≥ 20 mm ≥ 60 mm
≥ 60 mm
≥ 20 mm to
centre of hole.
Typical for all clay bricks.

30.1
Typical Masonary
Units
30.1.5 FIXINGS PER BRICK/BLOCK CONCRETE BLOCK

SOLID BRICK

70 mm
minimum
THREE HOLE BRICK
TEN HOLE BRICK

31.1
ChemSet™ 101

Product
ChemSet™ Injection 101 is a medium duty,

Fast installation:
• Load in 90 min. (at 20°C).
Versatile:
• Suitable for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units.
Installation
1 1. Drill recommended diameter and Installation temperature limits:
depth hole.
• Mortar: 15°C to 30°C.

2 2. Clean hole with hole cleaning
brush. Remove all debris using Service temperature limits:
hole blower. Hole may be damp
but no water present. -10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
3 3. Insert mixing nozzle into sleeve
or sieve. Fill to 3/4 the sleeve/ 101 Tropical
sieve depth slowly, ensuring Gel Time Loading Time Gel Time Loading Time
no air pockets form. Insert (mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor

40°C 4 0.75 6 1
Stud to bottom of hole while
30°C 7 1 9 1.5
4 4. ChemSet™ Injection to cure
as per setting times. 20°C 10 1.5 12 - 16 2
Attach fixture.
5°C 30 5 40 6
0°C 40 7

31.2-3
ChemSet™ 101

Installation details Workingg Load Limit ((kN))
Anchor size, db Substrate Sleeve/Sieve Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick
(mm) Type diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na

M8 10 10 80 10 4.4 1.4
M10 12 12 85 20 4.8 1.5
Solid Clayy Brick –
M12 14 15 85 40 5.2 1.6
M16 18 19 85 95 5.2 1.7
Note: Use specified hole size for solid brick. Use of larger hole and/or sleeve/sieve will result in lower capacities.
Installation details Working Load Limit (kN)

Anchorr Drilled hole diameter, dh Fixture hole Anchor Tightening
size, db Substratee 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
(mm)
( ) diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm) Nylon Sleeve S/S Sieve df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na
M8 12 12 10 10 3.8 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.8 1.8
3 Hole Brick,
M10 10 Hole Brickk 14 16 12 20 4.6 2.5 4.6 1.0 2.0 1.8
64
M12 or Concrete 16 16 15 40 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8
Blockk
M16 – 22 19 95 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8
For lower strength studs, refer to table for reduced steel capacity on page 217.

™
h = Le - t
To suit ChemSett™ Nylon Stainless Steel

Anchor Stud Sleeve Sieve
M8 ISS08 ISM10
M10 ISS10 ISM12
M12 ISS12 ISM12
M16 – ISM16


32.1
AnkaScrew™
Screw In Anchors

Product Le
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation

• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal
parts to grind off.
• Does not expand and burst brick and block.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter and
depth.
2 2. Clean thoroughly with brush.

Remove debris by way of
vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3 3. Using a socket wrench, screw

the AnkaScrew™ into the hole
using slight pressure until the self
tapping action starts.
4 4. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If

resistance is experienced when
tightening, unscrew anchor one
turn and re-tighten. Ensure not
to over tighten.
5. For optimum performance, a

torque wrench should be used.

32.2-3
AnkaScrew™
Screw In Anchors

Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening
size, db Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm) dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na

5 5 7 25 8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.8
6 6 8 30 10 3.2 1.8 3.0 2.4 1.8 0.60 2.1 0.90
8 8 10 40 10 4.0 2.7 3.8 2.7 2.3 0.65 2.1 1.00
10 10 12 50 15 4.4 3.9 4.2 2.8 2.5 0.65 2.1 1.00
12 12 15 60 15 4.4 4.5 4.2 3.0 2.5 0.70 2.1 1.15

Anchor Effective length, Le Part No.
size, db (mm) Zn Hex Head Gal Hex Head
5 24 AS05030H -
44 AS06050H AS06050HGH
6 69 AS06075H AS06075HGH
94 AS06100H AS06100HGH
54 AS08060H AS08060HGH
8 69 AS08075H AS08075HGH
94 AS08100H AS08100HGH
54 AS10060H AS10060HGH
10 69 AS10075H AS10075HGH
94 AS10100H AS10100HGH
69 AS12075H AS12075HGH
12 94 AS12100H AS12100HGH
144 AS12150H AS12150HGH
h = Le - t

Anchor Stress Yield
size, dh area, As strength, fy UTS, fu
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa)
6 15.9 640 800
8 42.4 640 800
10 69.4 640 800
12 84.1 640 800

33.1
DynaBolt™ Anchor
Hex Bolt

Le
Product
The DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt is a medium duty,
torque setting expansion anchor. dh
Features and Benefits

Ideal for hollow substrates:
• Cone nut pulls up in cavity to clamp fixture to substrate.
Neat finish:
• Low profile hex head.
High shear strength:
• High tensile Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
Fast installation:
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixture.
Convenient to remove:
• No metal parts protrude from hole eliminating grinding.
Economical Zinc Plated or superior corrosion resistant
AISI 316 Stainless Steel.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter
and depth.
2 2. Clean thoroughly with brush.

Remove debris by way of
vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3 3. Insert DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex

Bolt through fixture, tap lightly
with hammer until washer
contacts fixture.
4 4. Tighten DynaBolt™ Anchor

Hex Bolt to specified assembly
torque using torque wrench or
impact wrench (rattle gun).

33.2-3
DynaBolt™ Anchor
Hex Bolt

Installation details Working Load Limit ((kN))
Anchorr Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening
diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm) dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na

8 8 10 35 10 3.9 3.1 2.9 3.9 2.0 0.83 1.4 1.0
10 10 12 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.4 4.1 2.3 0.87 1.6 1.0
12 12 15 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.8 4.1 3.1 0.94 2.1 1.0

Anchor Effectivee Part No.
size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)
Zn S/S
34 DP08045H DP08045HSS
8 60 DP08070H DP08070HSS
h = Le - t
86 DP08095H – t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
34 DP10045H DP10045HSS
42 DP10055H –
10 56 – DP10060HSS
69 DP10080H DP10080HSS
96 DP10105H DP10105HSS
47 DP12065H –
12 62 DP12075H DP12075HSS
90 DP12105H –

Anchor Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Section
Thread
size, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus
size, db
size
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7
10 M8 36.6 640 800 480 600 31.2
12 M10 58.0 640 800 480 600 62.3

34.1
RamPlug™
Anchors

Product Le
The RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting

• Anchor simply hammered in.
Convenient:
• Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with substrate surface in over drilled
holes.
Versatile:
• Anchor accepts many types of screw.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter
and depth.Clean thoroughly
with brush. Remove debris by
way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
2. Insert the RamPlug™ into hole

until flush with the surface.
3. Pass wood screw through fixture

and into the RamPlug™. Tighten
with screwdriver.
Note: (1) Screw length = length

3 of Ramplug™ + thickness of
fixture
(2) Ultra long plugs supplied
with screw.

34.2
RamPlug™
Anchors

Anchor Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor
diameter, diameter, effective depth,
(mm) dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na
DNP05 5 5 6 25 0.40 0.30 0.40 0.20 0.70 0.16 0.40 0.13

DNP06 6 6 7 30 0.80 0.50 0.80 0.25 0.80 0.20 0.80 0.17
DNP07 7 7 7 30 1.10 0.65 1.10 0.32 0.80 0.25 1.10 0.18
DNP08 8 8 8 40 1.30 0.80 1.30 0.35 0.80 0.28 1.30 0.18
DNP10 10 10 9 50 2.40 1.10 1.90 0.45 0.80 0.36 1.90 0.19
DNP12 12 12 12 60 3.00 1.50 2.20 0.55 0.90 0.44 2.20 0.22
DLP06 6 6 7 30 0.80 0.50 Not suitable for hollow substrate.
DLP08 8 8 8 70 1.30 0.80
DLP10 10 10 9 70 2.40 1.10
DUP10080 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60 Performance to be determined.
DUP10100 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60
DUP10135 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60
DUP10160 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60

Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No.
(mm) (mm) Standard Long Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head
5 25 DNP05 – – –
30 DNP06 – – –
6
60 – DLP06 – –
7 30 DNP07 – – –
40 DNP08 – – –
8
80 – DLP08 – –
50 DNP10 – – –
80 – DLP10 DUP10080F DUP10080H
10 100 – – DUP10100F DUP10100H
135 – – DUP10135F DUP10135H
160 – – DUP10160F DUP10160H
12 60 DNP12 – – –
* No. 3 Pozi Bit.

Notes

35.1-2
Typical Bolt
Performance Information
Tabulated below are nominal reduced ultimate characteristic capacities It is recommended that Stainless Steel bolts be lubricated and that
for bolts manufactured in accordance with ISO 898-1. tightening torque be applied in a smooth, continuous manner. Impact
Typical Bolt Performance Information

wrenches (rattle guns) are not suitable for the tightening of Stainless
The expected capacity of bolts should be independently checked by Steel fasteners.
the designer based on the bolt manufacturers published performance
information.
35.1 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN INFORMATION

35.1.1 Tension
Reduced nominal bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN), Øn = 0.8

Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Grade 4.6
6.4 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.4 113.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
13.3 24.3 38.5 56.0 104.2 162.7 234.4
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
11.3 20.5 32.5 47.2 87.9 137.2 –
A4-70 ((AISI 316))
35.1.2 Shear
Reduced nominal bolt shear capacity, ØVsf (kN), Øv = 0.8

Grade 4.6
3.3 6.1 9.8 14.4 27.4 43.0 62.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
6.6 12.4 20.0 29.3 56.1 88.3 127.2
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
5.6 10.5 16.8 24.7 47.4 74.5 –
A4-70 ((AISI 316))
35.2 WORKING LOAD LIMIT DESIGN INFORMATION

35.2.1 Tension
Allowable tensile load steel (kN), Fss = 2.2

Grade 4.6
3.6 6.6 10.6 15.3 28.5 44.5 64.2
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
7.6 13.8 21.9 31.8 59.2 92.4 133.2
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
6.4 11.6 18.5 26.8 49.9 77.9 –
A4-70 ((AISI 316))
35.2.2 Shear
Allowable shear load steel (kN), Fsv = 2.5

Grade 4.6
1.7 3.1 4.9 7.2 13.7 21.5 31.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
3.3 6.2 10.0 14.7 28.1 44.2 63.6
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
2.8 5.3 8.4 12.4 23.7 37.3 –
A4-70 ((AISI 316))

Introduction
Construction Chemicals
Construction
Chemicals
The following section includes details of selected Ramset™ Construction Chemicals typically of interest to specifiers.
The name Ramset™ is synonymous with Quality, and the Ramset™ Construction Chemicals product range is no exception. Ramset™
Construction Chemical products are made to exacting quality standards to ensure reliability and consistency.
Ramset™ Construction Chemicals are tested to Australian Standards such as AS1530.4 fire rating to ensure compliance with the BCA.
The products selected for this section are grouts for structural underpinning and sealants for fire and acoustic rated partitions and facades

36.2-3
Overview
36.1 ESTIMATING CHART

Lineal Metres per 960 g (600m ml) Sachet (Approx)
Joint Nominal Joint Width (mm)
Depth (mm) 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 50
6 16.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
8 x 9.4 -- -- -- -- -- --
10 x x 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 - -
12.5 x x x x x x 1.9 --
25 x x x x x x x 0.5
Lineal Metres per 450 g (300m ml) Cartridge (Approx)
Joint Nominal Joint Width (mm)

Depth (mm) 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 50
6 8.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
8 x 4.7 -- -- -- -- -- --
10 x x 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 -- --
12.5 x x x x x x 1.0 --
25 x x x x x x x 0.3
Coverage based on nominal dimensions

"--" Shallow joint. Risk of sealant tearing. Make joint deeper.
"x" Joint depth > width. Risk of sealant tearing. Adjust depth with backing rod.
Refer above for correct joint design details.
36.2 JOINT CONFIGURATION & DESIGN

Configuring Joints in Concrete Structures for Optimum Sealant Performance
General Details Joint Configuration
Movement of joints in concrete structures is caused by: The shape of the sealant within a joint influences its ability
• Changes in Temperature (Opening and Closing) to stretch with movement.
• Concrete Shrinkage (Opening) Correct Width to Depth Ratio
• Concrete Creep (Closing) Joint Width Joint Depth
The factors that cause joints to open are the most significant 6mm to 10mm Equal to joint Width
when optimising joint design for sealants. 10mm to 20mm 10mm
Because joints move, sealants must be elastic and flexible 20mm to 50mm Equal to 1/2 joint Width
to avoid splitting, tearing and loss of adhesion.
A sealant’s flexibility is defined by its strain capacity,
expressed as a percentage change in nominal joint width.
Correct Joint Configuration

Ch f d Concrete
Chamfered C t
Control Joint in Concrete Floor
Edges Prevent Damage
(Concrete Panel)
Width greater than depth

plus concave finish allows
sealant to behave like
elastic band
Non-adherent, closed Floor meets Wall

cell backing rod to
Joint Between Precast control depth and
Concrete Panels prevent three-sided
adhesion

36.3
Overview
36.2 JOINT CONFIGURATION & DESIGN (cont)

Incorrect
orrect Joint Configuration
Square concrete edges
prone to damage
(Concrete Panel) Control Joinnt in
Concrete Flooor
Jointt Poor Geometry. Block

Betw
ween shape resistant to stretching No Backing Rod. Stress
Preccast Concentrates in narrow Joint
Conccrete Open Cell or Adherent
Paneels Depth greater than Backing Material –
width resists stretching Three-Sided Adhesion
Floor meets Wall
Each of the “Incorrect” cases listed here cause stress

concentrations within the sealant resulting in splitting or
tearing, or at interfaces resulting loss of adhesion.
Joint
nt Design
Following is a simple, conservative method for calculating minimum joint width. For more accurate and rigorous treatment,
consult the references listed below.
• Calculation of Joint Width:
Minimum Joint Width, Lmin = 100 / Sealant Strain Capacity x ΣΔL…(1
ΣΔL = Anticipated joint movement
ΣΔL = ΔLt + ΔLcs………………………….(2
ΔLt = Change in Joint Width due to Temperature Change (mm)
ΔLcs = Change in Joint Width due to Concrete Shrinkage (mm)
• Changes in Temperature
ΔLt = L x αc.temp x ΔT…………………….(3
L = Joint Spacing (mm)
αc.temp = Coefficient of Concrete Thermal Expansion (mm/mm°C) Joint Width Joint Depth
ΔT = Change in Temperature (°C) 6mm to 10mm Equal to joint Width
10mm to 20mm 10mm
• Concrete Shrinkage 20mm to 50mm Equal to 1/2 joint Width
ΔLcs = L x εcs……………………………..(4
L = Joint Spacing (mm)
εcs = Concrete Shrinkage Strain = 850 x 10-6 mm (Conservative. Refer AS3600 Clause 6.1.7 for accurate values)
In this simple method, effects that cause joints to close are ignored, as they do not impart tensile strain on the sealant. For
example concrete creep and temperature increase cause joints to close resulting in compression of the sealant.
Worked Example:
Concrete Panel Width = L = 4m, Thickness = 150mm, Installation Temperature = 30°C, Minimum Temperature = 5°C.
Sealant = Ramset™ HiSeal™, Strain Capacity = ± 25%, αc.temp.temp = 12 x 10-6 mm/mm°C, εcs = 850 x 10-6 mm
ΔLt = 4 x 1000 x 12 x 10-6 x (30 – 5°C) = 1.2 mm
ΔLcs = 4 x 1000 x 850 x 10-6 = 3.4 mm
Lmin = 100 / 25 x (1.2 + 3.4) = 18.4 mm
Sealant Description
p Strain Capacity
p y References
AS3600 – 2001, Concrete Structures Standards Australia
HiSeal™ 1-Part Polyurethane Construction Sealant ± 25% Precast Concrete Handbook National Precast Concrete Association Australia 2002
FyreBrake™ 1-Part Polyurethane Fire Rated Sealant ± 25% Warner et al 1998 Concrete Structures, Addison Wesley Longman Australia
Roof Seal 1-Part Neutral Cure Silicone Roofing Sealant ± 25% Ramset™ does not give any representation, guarantee or warranty, express or implied
Joint Seal 1-Part Neutral Cure Silicone Construction Sealant ± 25% that the information is or will be complete or accurate or that it has been or will be
independently verified. To the extent permitted by statute, Ramset™ its servants and its
Glass Seal 1-Part Acetic Cure Silicone Glazing Sealant ± 25% agents will not be liable (whether in negligence or other tort, by contract or under statute)
Water Seal 1-Part Acetic Cure Silicone Mould Resistant Sealant ± 25% in respect of any loss or damage (including consequential loss or damage) arising by any
reason of or in connection with the provision of the information or by purported reliance
BlazeBrake™ 1-Part Fire and Acoustic Rated Acrylic Sealant ± 15% on it.
DynaSeal™ 1-Part Urethane-Acrylic Construction Sealant ± 20%
Gap Seal 1-Part Acrylic Painters Sealant ± 6%

37.1-2
Epoxy Grout

Product
Ramset Epoxy Grout is a tough epoxy resin based grout for
use in pourable form or for mixing with graded sand filler to
produce a trowellable consistency.
Epoxy Grout is 100% solids epoxy with negligible shrinkage.

• High flow properties – good bonding and penetration
• Bonds to dry and damp concrete
• Pre-measured kits to avoid measuring errors
• High tensile and compressive strength
• 100% solids epoxy – solvent free and negligible shrinkage
• Cures at temperatures down to 5°C
• High mechanical strength
• Resistant to vibration and dynamic loads
• Add graded sand to change consistency
37.2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Unfilled Epoxy Grout
Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25°C and 50% relative humidity
A: Grey thixotropic liquid

Appearance Part Part B: Amber liquid
Grey when mixed together
Viscosity Flowable, pourable
Flammability Non flammable
Solid content by weight 100%
Tensile strength 30 MPa approx.
Compressive strength 110MPa approx.
Flexural strength 25 MPa approx.
Tensile bond strength 10 MPa approx.
Modulus of elasticity 4.5 x 103 MPa
Service temperature -10°C to +65°C
Heat distortion temp 80°C approx.
Hardness > 80 Shore D
Pot life 45 – 50 mins @ 25°C
Tack free time 1.5 – 2.5 hours @ 25°C
Mix ratio 5:1 (part A:B) by volume
Min. Application temp. 5°C
Max. Application temp. 35°C
Density 1.53 kg/Litre
Water absorption* <0.2% (10 days
Full cure 7 days at 25°C
*Tested to ASTM D570
Epoxy Grout Mixed with Ramset Fillers FG

Consistency Volume of Weight of Yield of Pot Life @ Compressive Tensile Flexural
Epoxy Fillers FG Mixture 20°C Strength @ 7 Strength @ Strength @
Grout (Litres) (Kg) (Litres) (Minutes) days (MPa) 7 days (MPa) 7 days (MPa)
Fluid 1 0.6 1.2 40-45 110 17 32
Pourable 1 2.3 1.9 40-50 100 15 29
Trowellable 1 2.9 2.1 60-70 90 12 26
Dry Pack 1 3.8 2.4 65-80 85 11 26
For safety directions, precautions and general preparation please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset website.

37.3-5
Epoxy Grout
37.3 CURING
Epoxy Grout will achieve about 80% of its final cure strength in 24 hours and will achieve full strength in 7 days.
Remove formwork and apply full torque to bolts after 24 hours.
37.4 ANCHOR INSTALLATION WITH EPOXY GROUT

Installing Threaded Rod and Reinforcing Bar into Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout
Recommended Epoxy Grout Hold Down Bolt, Threaded Rod and Reinforcing Bar Installation Guide
Parameter Minimum Maximum
Drilled Hole Diameter Threaded Rod, d h Rod / Bar diameter (d b ) + 2 mm 2 x db
Drilled Hole Diameter Reinforcing Bar, d h d b + 5 mm 2 x db
Effective Hole Depth, h 8 x db
Critical Edge Distance, e c 3xh
Critical Anchor Spacing, ac 6xh
Depth of Concrete Substrate, b m 1.25 x h
More information on Anchoring Technology go to pages 24-43.
Installing Ferrules into Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout

To create a post installed internally threaded fixing, Ramset have developed a method of installing ferrules into solid concrete with Epoxy Grout instead of the
traditional cast in method.
Ferrule Size, d b x Part Number Drilled Hole Hole Depth, h Edge Distance, Anchor Spacing, a c Substrate
L (mm) Diameter, d h (mm) (mm) e c, (mm) (mm) Thickness, b m
(mm)
M12 x 95 FE12095(GH) + 28 100 135 270 115
M16 x 95 FE16095(GH) + 35 100 135 270 115
+
M20 x 95 FE20095(GH) 40 100 135 270 115
+
Available in zinc galvanised or hot dipped galvanised (GH) carbon steel
For more information on Ferrules contact your local Ramset Engineer.
Working Load Limits in Tension of Ferrules installed in Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout
• The Working Load Limits in the table (left)
Ferrule Size, d b x L Tension, N a (kN)* are limited by concrete cone capacity. Check
(mm) Concrete Compressive Strength, f’c (MPa) tensile capacity of bolts to determine if
20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa fixing load capacity is limited by steel
M12 x 95 15.9 20.1 22.5 • For shear loads away from concrete edge use
M16 x 95 18.4 23.2 26.0 steel shear capacity.
M20 x 95 20.6 26.0 29.1 • For shear loads acting towards a concrete edge
* Working Load Limit (WLL) = Lower Characteristic Ultimate Concrete Tensile Load Capacity (N uc ) / 3 contact a Ramset engineer for further advice

Pack Size Order Number
1 Litre EPGRL1
4 Litres EPGRL4
16 Litres EPGRL16

38.1
Premier Grout MP

Product
HIGH STRENGTH PREMIER GROUT MP will not shrink making
it ideal for filling holes and voids in concrete for installing
and repairing posts, bolts, pipe penetrations or structural
underpinning.
Premier Grout MP is a Class A, non shrink cement grout that
complies with AS MP20, Part 3 (1977). The product consists
of a speciality blend of cement, graded aggregate and other
chemically reactive agents. Premier Grout MP does not contain
any ferrous material or Calcium Chloride.
Premier Grout MP is supplied in 20kg Bags as a ready to use
dry powder. The addition of different amounts of clean water
will produce a range of non-shrink grouts for placement at
thicknesses of 10mm to 150mm in a single application.

• High Strength
• Non-shrink
- Good dimensional stability
- Complete void filling
• Versatile - Can be dry packed, rammed, trowelled, poured
and pumped over short distances
• Economical, low in-place cost
• Ready to use, pre mixed, requires only the addition of water.
• Non-staining – chloride and iron free
• Lower water/cement ratio
- Reduced drying shrinkage
- Increased hardness and durability
- Reduces permeability

Litres of water per 20kg bag
Consistency Dry Pack Trowellable Flowable
Range 2.0 2.5 – 3.0 3.5-4.0
*Test Levels 2.0 3.0 3.8
* Refers to the water content used to carry out performance testing as indicated in the tables below.
Setting Times - Vicat setting times at 20°C

Dry Pack Trowellable Flowable
Initial Set 1.5 hours 1.5 hours 1.5 hours
Final Set 4.0 hours 4.0 hours 4.0 hours
Time for - Start (plastic state) 30 minutes 30 minutes
Expansion - Finish (plastic state) 2.0 – 2.5 hours 2.0 – 2.5 hours
Unrestrained Expansion - >2% >1.5%
Bleeding 0% 0% 0%
Test Methods:
• AS1012.18 for Setting times at 20°C and 50% RH
• AS2073 for expansions • AS1012.6 for bleeding.

38.2-4
Premier Grout MP
38.2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES (Cont)

Compressive Strength - Tested in accordance with AS1012.9, AS2073 at 20°C
Age Dry Pack Trowellable Flowable
1 day 40 25 15
3 days 60 45 25
7 days 65 55 40
28 days 70 70 50
Flexural Strength - Tested in accordance with ASTM C348-86 at 20°C

Age Trowellable
1 day 8.5MPa
7 days 11.0MPa
Yield - Approximate yields obtained if mixed in accordance with recommended procedures with accurately
measured water content.
Dry Pack Trowellable Flowable
Litres per 20kg bag 10.3 11.0 11.7
Fresh Wet Density ~kg/m 3 1,950 1,800 1,750
Bags required per cubic metre 96 90 87
38.3 CURING
Prevent moisture loss of hardened grout by applying water to the surface or covering exposed grout with wet Hessian, plastic sheeting or
Ramset Concrebond or other curing compound.
Keep grout thoroughly moist for a minimum of 48 hours to prevent drying shrinkage and cracking. If required remove formwork after 24 hours
and protect exposed grout from moisture loss as described above.
High wind conditions will affect the drying surface of grout; take precautions to protect the material from prevailing weather.
38.4
Pack Size: 20kg paper bag
Order Number: RPGMP

Notes

39
Introduction
Fire Rated Protection Systems
Fire Rated
Protection
Systems
Ramset™ BlazeBrake™ Fire protections systems are used for the Fire Rated sealing of construction joints and services penetrations in
buildings. The full range of BlazeBrake™ Fire Protection systems are Independently tested & comply with Australian Fire test standards
AS1530.4 & AS4072.1 to provide up to 4 hours protection in a fire situation. Choose a fire rated system to suit applications such as -
• Electrical and communication cable penetrations

• Plastic and metal pipe penetrations
• Mechanical services penetrations
• Floor, wall & ceiling joints
• Concrete to concrete structures
• Concrete to fire rated plasterboard walls
• Fire rated plasterboard walls

39.2
BlazeBrake™ Foam
Fire Rated Expanding Polyurethane

Product

BlazeBrake™ Fire Rated Foam is a one component expanding
PU foam suitable for sealing construction joints and service
penetrations. It prevents the penetration and transfer of
flames, smoke and gases between building compartments.
BlazeBrake™ FR Foam reacts with moisture in the air causing it
to expand to fill any shaped hole or cavity. The cured foam can
then be cut or shaped and painted as desired.

• Fire Rated up to 240 minutes Excellent adhesion to:
• Fire Rated for joint widths 10 mm to 80 mm • Concrete
• Fire Rated for joint depths 100 mm to 200 mm • Brickwork
• Fire Rated for 34 mm diameter (nominal) steel pipe • Concrete Blockwork
• Suitable for use with BlazeBrake™ Fire Rated Acrylic Sealant • Stone
• 50% post expansion rate • Plaster
• Suitable for sealing gaps around window and door frames • Wood
• Sound dampening and sealing against draughts and moisture • Fibre Cement Sheet
• High bond strength • Metal
• Excellent dimensional stability • Polystyrene Foam
• Can be painted and covered with plaster • PU Foam
• Excellent thermal insulator • Polyester
• CFC & HCFC free (ozone layer friendly) • Rigid PVC
• VOC data available
Vertical Joints (up to 80mm) Metal Pipe Penetration

• BlazeBrake™ Foam with or • BlazeBrake™ Foam with or
without Acrylic Sealant without Acrylic Sealant
• Joint width from 10 to 80mm • Steel pipe 34mm (nom)
• Joint depth from 100 to 200mm

Property Typical Value Application Temperature:
Density 20 to 28 Kg / m 3
Ambient: +5°C up to +35°C
Yield, Free Expansion 37 litre average
Tack Free 10 min, 23°C, 50% RH Can: +10°C up to +30°C
Cuttable (30 mm dia bead) 60 min, 23°C, 50% RH
Weight Bearing Time (30 mm dia 24 hours, 23°C, 50% RH Yield:
bead)
>30 L of foam. Maximum expansion obtained with
Heat conductivity coefficient DIN52612 25 to 30 mW/m.K
Compressive Strength ISO844 75 kPa (10% container at 20°C. Cold, heat and low humidity
Deformation) will result in lower yields.
Tensile Strength DIN53455 60 kPa
Elongation at Break DIN53455 20%
Shear Strength DIN53422 30 kPa
Water Absorption DIN53428 0.3 vol%
Temperature Resistance (Long Term) -40 to 90°C
Temperature Resistance (Short Term) -40°C to 130°C
Shelf Life 9 months Maximum
Fire Resistance See Page 3
Acoustic Rating ISO 140 R ST ,W (C;C tr) 58
For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset™ website.

39.3-4
BlazeBrake™ Foam
Fire Rated Expanding Polyurethane

BlazeBrake™ Fire Rated Foam complies to AS1530.4-2005
Consult fire test data for tested applications and fire ratings before commencing use.
* Each joint was filled with BlazeBrake™ Fire Rated Foam for the entire depth. Where a rebate dimension is listed, a sealant such as
BlazeBrake™ Sealant was used to fill the rebate over the top of the foam.
Concrete
Fire Side Rebate Filled with Fire

Rated Sealant
BlaeBrake™ Fire Rated Foam
Illustration of Joint cross-section in Concrete wall filled with BlazeBrake™ Fire Rated Foam
Substrate: Lightweight Concrete Slab Source: CSIRO report FCO2662

Dimensions in mm
Rebate Filler FRL
Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate*
10 210 10 FR Silicone -/240/240
20 210 - - -/240/240
10 210 - - -/240/240
20 210 10 FR Silicone -/240/240
20 200 10 FR Silicone -/240/240
20 200 10 BlazeBrake™ Sealant -/240/2 40
20 200 - - -/180/180
80 210 - - -/60/60
60 210 - - -/90/90
40 210 - - -/180/180
Substrate: Lightweight Concrete Block Wall
Dimensions in mm Rebate Filler FRL
Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate
10 100 10 BlazeBrake™ Sealant -/240/2 40
10 100 - - -/120/120
20 100 10 BlazeBrake™ Sealant -/180/90
20 100 - - -/60/60
Substrate: Steel Pipe through Aerated Concrete Block Wall Source: CSIRO report FCO2680
Dimensions in mm FRL
Rebate Filler
Hole Dia Pipe Dia Hole Depth Rebate
80 34 150 - - -/60/60
80 34 150 10 BlazeBrake™ Sealant -/240/90

Pack Size: 750ml can
Order Number: FRF700
IMPORTANT: Consult technical data for tested applications and fire ratings, before commencing use. For detailed technical data and instructions go to www.ramset.com.au.
For applications outside those tested, refer to your Fire Consultant for compliance advice.

40.1
BlazeBrake™ Sealant
Fire Rated Acrylic

Product

BlazeBrake™ 201 is a highly flexible fire rated and acoustic
acrylic sealant, suitable for interior and exterior sealing of
concrete joints, cable, metal pipe and service penetrations.
Prevents the spread of flames, smoke and gases through walls
and floors or between building compartments.

• Fire rated according to AS1530.4-1990,
BS476: Part 20:1987 and AS4072-1.1-1992
• Acoustic rated
• Flexible and crack resistant – joint movement ± 15%
• Suitable for exterior use (see precautions)
• Easy to dispense in cold weather.
• Low odour
• Easy tooling
• Water clean up
• Sag resistant
• Not HAZARDOUS – no isocyanates, no heavy metals,
no solvents and no asbestos
• Low VOC
• Paintable with acrylic coatings and oil-based
coatings after 24 hours at 20°C.
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATES
• Concrete
• Concrete block
• FR plasterboard
• Fibre cement
• Brickwork

Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25°C and 50% RH
Colour Grey
Chemical Type Acrylic co-polymer
Service Temperature -20°C to + 90°C
Specific Gravity (Density) Wet 1.6 Kg / L
Dry 1.8 Kg / L
Application Temperature +5°C to + 35°C
Tool Working Time 15 minutes at 25°C
Max. Joint Movement ± 15%
Max. Joint Width 50mm
Full Cure 7 days at 25°C
Acoustic Rating Rw 56
VOC 17 g / ml
Fire Rating Up to 4 hours*
*Fire Rating Certificates Available on Request
Refer to BRANZ Fire Test Certificates 439, 440 and 441
For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset™ website.

40.2-3
Fire Rated Acrylic

Cable and Metal Pipe Penetrations Sealing of Joints and Cavities
Up to 4 hours Fire Rating in Concrete Floor Up to 4 hours Fire Rating in Concrete Floor/Wall
Metal Pipe Penetration Metal Pipe Penetration Vertical Joints (up to 80mm) Floor Control Joint
• BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Foam with or • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
• Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom) • Multiple copper pipes - without Acrylic Sealant • Joint width 25mm
• Copper pipe 200mm (nom) 3 x 20mm (nom) • Joint width from 10 to 80mm • Sealant depth 12mm
• Joint depth from 100 to 200mm with foam backer rod
Up to 2 hours Fire Rating in Plasterboard FR Wall
Metal Pipe Penetration Electrical & Data Cables

• BlazeBrake™ Foam with or • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
without Acrylic Sealant • Cable bundle -
• Steel pipe 34mm (nom) 65mm diam. (max)
2hr Deflection Head 2hr Intersection / Masonry
• BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
Up to 2 hours Fire Rating in Plasterboard FR Wall • Joint width 20mm • Joint width 15mm
• FR wall thickness 26mm • FR wall thickness 26mm
2hr Metal Pipe Penetration 2hr Cable Penetration

• BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
• Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom) • Electrical and data cable 1hr Deflection Head 1hr Intersection / Masonry
• FR wall thickness 26mm bundle 65mm diam. (max) • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
• FR wall thickness 26mm • Joint width 20mm • Joint width 15mm
• FR wall thickness 16mm • FR wall thickness 16mm
1hr Metal Pipe Penetration 1hr Cable Penetration 2hr Control Joint 1hr Control Joint
• BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant • BlazeBrake™ Acrylic Sealant
• Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom). • Electrical and data cable • Joint width 20mm • Joint width 20mm
• FR wall thickness 16mm bundle 65mm diam. (max) • FR wall thickness 26mm • FR wall thickness 16mm
• FR wall thickness 16mm • Rondo® P35 control joint • Rondo® P35 control joint
40.3 CURING
BlazeBrake™ 201 is rain resistant in vertical joints after 24 hours from application. Full cure is achieved within 7 days.
SHRINKAGE - Water must evaporate for a water based sealant to cure. This results in a change in volume (i.e. shrinkage). Drying shrinkage of
BlazeBrake™ 201 will not prevent the sealant achieving full fire and acoustic properties quoted in this document.

40.4-5
Fire Rated Acrylic
40.4 JOINT DESIGN

Refer to pages 219 - 220 for data on Joint Configuration and Design.

Pack Size: 300ml/450g cartridge
Order Number: BLBRGYC
Pack Size: 600ml/960g sausage

Order Number: BLBRGYS
PRECAUTIONS
• Not for temporary or permanent immersion in water. Prolonged contact • Do not use on steel or powder coated metal or other coated metals.
with water may result in loss of adhesion. • Do not use on surfaces with special protective or cosmetic coating such
• Do not apply when rain contact may occur within 24 hours. as mirrors, reflective glass or surfaces coated with Teflon,
• Not to be used in horizontal exterior joints. Do not use in horizontal joints polyethylene or polypropylene.
in decks, patios, driveways or terrace joints where standing • Pre-test on absorptive natural stone surfaces such as marble, limestone
water, traffic, high abrasion or physical abuse is encountered. or granite for staining and/or discolouration.
• May not dry in totally confined or air free spaces. • Do not use in contact with material containing bitumen.

41.1-2
FyreBrake™ Sealant
Fire Rated Polyurethane

Product
FyreBrake™ is fire and acoustic rated for sealing

residential and office partitions, concrete block, tilt-up
and precast concrete.
FyreBrake™ is a high performance, 1-part, 100%
polyurethane construction sealant, which does not
shrink, dry out or crack.

• Fire Rated to AS1530.4 – 2005 & AS4072.1-2005
(CSIRO Test Reports FS1202 & FS1203) SUITABLE FOR USE ON
• Acoustic Rating Rw (STC) = 60 to BCA • Plasterboard
requirement (RMIT Test Report 121I/06-007/PD) • Fibre Cement Sheet
• VOC Rated • Solid Concrete
• UV and Weather Resistant • Brick
- Excellent resistance to aging and weathering • Concrete Block
- Permanently flexible • Aluminium
- Will not shrink or crack • Steel
• Thixotropic - No sagging or running
• Easy to dispense in cold weather
• Strong adhesion
• Excellent flexibility – joint movement ± 25%
• Non-corrosive neutral cure
• Paintable with acrylic based surface coatings
• Complies with:
- TT-S-00230 C (Type II) Class A, Non-sag,
One component
- ASTM C920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 25,
Use-NT, Use-A, Use-M, Use-G, Use-O
- AAMA 808.3-92
- Suitable for achieving compliance with the
BCA and the requirements for a AAAC Star rating of 5

Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25°C and 50% RH
Appearance Grey, Non sag smooth
thixotropic paste
Chemical Type Polyurethane
Specific Gravity 1.6
Sag None, ASTM C639
Application Temperature +4°C to + 40°C
Tool Working Time 2 – 4 hours @ 24°C, 50% RH
Cure Rate 2 mm per 24 hour period
Max. Joint Movement ± 25%
Max. Joint Width 50mm
Elongation at Break 500% ASTM D412
Cure Hardness Shore A 47, ASTM C661
Peel Adhesion 67 N, ASTM C794
Maximum Tensile Strength 2.24 N/mm2, ASTM D412
Service Temperature -40°C to + 93°C
Water Resistance Passes AAMA 800
VOC 20 gram / litre
Acoustic Rating Up to Rw (STC) = 60
(See page 4 for details) Rw + Ctr = 52
Fire Rating AS1530.4 – Up to 4 hours For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical
2005 / AS4072.1-2005 data sheet available on the RamsettTM website.

41.2-4

ACOUSTIC TESTING SUMMARY
The following detail was extracted from Graeme E. Harding & Associates Report 056-202, available from Ramset™ or the website.

Wall Construction
Frame
Rondo 92 mm wide floor, edge and head channels. Rondo 92 mm wide vertical channels at 600 mm spacings.
Cavity Insulation
60 mm thick Bradford Soundscreen R1.6 Rockwool Partition Batts
Cladding – Transmission Side
2 layers of 13 mm Boral fire rated plasterboard installed horizontally with nominal 10 mm gap top
and bottom and 5 mm gap on each side. Sheets of outer layer staggered to cover joins between
sheets in inner layer. Joints were not taped or set.
Cladding - Receiving Side
3 layers of 13 mm Boral fire rated plasterboard installed horizontally with nominal 10 mm gap top
and bottom and 5 mm gap on each side. Sheets of outer layers staggered to cover joins between
sheets in inner layers. Joints were not taped or set.
Ramset™ Fyrebrake™ sealant was installed in the perimeter gaps after measuring sound insulation of the uncaulked wall.
Total Mass: 54.6 kg / m2

Total Thickness: 157 mm
Test Results
Rw (dB) Ctr (dB) Rw + Ctr (dB)
Uncaulked Wall 24 0 24
Wall caulked with Fyrebrake™ Sealant 60 -8 52
The wall was designed to achieve an Rw = 58 + 2 dB. The test demonstrated that using Ramset™ Fyrebrake™
sealant in the perimeter gaps enabled the wall’s full design insulation to be achieved.
41.3 CURING
FyreBrakeTM is rain resistant in vertical joints after 24 hours from application. Cure Rate is 2 mm of thickness per 24-hour period.
Full cure through is achieved within 7 days.
41.4 JOINT DESIGN

Refer to pages 219 - 220 for data on Joint Configuration and Design.

41.5

Pack Size: 600ml sausage
Order Number: FYBRGYS
PRECAUTIONS
• Do NOT use in: • FyreBrakeTM may not cure when used in confined or air free spaces
- Joints subject to prolonged immersion in • Do not apply solvent or oil-based paint to FyreBrakeTM
water eg Swimming pools • Do not use on Teflon, polyethylene or polypropylene.
- Contact with chlorinated water • Pre-test for staining or discolouration on unpredictable absorptive
- Joints subject to foot or vehicle traffic surfaces such as marble, limestone or granite.
- Marine applications
- Contact with materials containing bitumen
- Prolonged contact with hydrocarbons
- Glazing applications
- Below grade applications

42.1
Stackwork Fire Collars
Cast-in and Retrofit

Product

Ramset™ fire collars are fire and smoke protection devices for
stackwork pipe penetrations in concrete structures. Under fire
conditions, the intumescent compound in the Ramset™ fire
collar expands and seals the softened pipe preventing flames,
smoke and gases from spreading between compartments.
Prior to activation, the pipes remain obstruction free
allowing air and fluids to pass through the pipes completely
unrestricted. Ramset™ fire collars were developed by our
product engineering laboratory and independently tested by
CSIRO to Australian fire standards.
After 4 hours of testing under fire conditions to AS1530.4
and AS4072.1, the Ramset™ fire collars were structurally
intact and showed superior fire resistance qualities
achieving an FRL -/240/240.

• Fire Rated up to 240 minutes
• Tested and approved for use with PVC, HDPE, PP pipes
• Suitable for pipe diameters (nom) 40 to 100mm
• Complies with AS1530.4 and AS4072.1
• No fabrication on site, no extra parts to assemble
• Fast to fix. Screw in anchor, nail or gas pin fix depending on the
fire collar design used
• Reinforced base with multiple fix points ensures firm clamping to
formwork or concrete
• Suitable for concrete floor thicknesses from 100mm upwards
• Can be used with specialised concrete floor systems and also
with permanent steel formwork systems
Installation Instructions
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars
Fix fire collar firmly to formwork using the tab points around the base. Use appropriate screw, nail or gas pin to suit the formwork to be used. For
short fire collars, prior to the concrete pour insert the correct pipe size, length and type, till flush with the surface of the formwork. Ensure pipe
length used is greater than the floor thickness and of sufficient length to complete pipe installation. Ensure pipe is installed perpendicular to the
formwork prior to the concrete pour.
For tall fire collars securely fix the base to the formwork as above and ensure cap Is securely attached. After concrete floor has cured, cut cone to
floor thickness (if necessary). Seal any gaps between pipe and inside wall of collar with fire rated sealant. Insert and connect correct pipe size.
Retrofit Stackwork Fire collars

Seal the gap between the pipe and edge of pipe hole on the underside of the
concrete floor with fire rated sealant (min. depth 5mm). Refer to sealant
instructions for correct use. Unlock metal tab and open up body (dia. a & b).
Place body around pipe and reconnect tab. Push body up till feet are flush
a. b. c.
against underside of concrete floor (dia. c). Use 4 x fire rated anchors
40mm
(5 or 6mm Diam.) to secure fire collar.
Use Ramset AnkaScrew™ 5x30mm Hex. Order No. - AS05030H

42.2
Cast-in Fire Collars
Tall and Short
42.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - CAST-IN

Pipe installations after the concrete floor is poured
When using this method of installation the fire collar is fixed to the formwork in the
desired position with the cap fitted. The pipes are installed after the concrete
floor has been poured, and the formwork removed.
Cast-in (Tall) Fire collars
• High profile design (250mm height) to suit multiple concrete floor thicknesses.
• Choose from 2 body sizes with tall cones that suit pipe diameters and types:
- Small body for PVC pipe 40/50/65mm (nom). HDPE pipe 75mm.
- Large body for PVC pipe 80/90/100mm (nom). HDPE pipe 100mm. PP pipe 100mm.
• Water, debris and smoke tight rubber seal with cap protection.
• Flexible rubber membrane absorbs pipe movement and vibration.
• Suitable for concrete floor slab thicknesses up to 250mm.
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars TALL

Order Number RFCH65S RFCH100S
Pipe size(nom)/type PVC 40/50/65mm PVC 80/90/100mm
HDPE 75mm HDPE 100mm. PP 100mm
Body material Polypropylene ✓ ✓
Intumescent material Expanding fire resistant ✓ ✓
Retaining ring Galvanised steel ✓ ✓
Smoke & water seal Rubber membrane ✓ ✓
Full height 250mm 250mm
Full width (base) 162mm 215mm
Internal cutout width (base) 107mm 160mm
Fire Rating Level (FRL) -/240/240 -/240/240
Pipe installations before the concrete floor is poured

For this method of installation the fire collar is fixed in position on the formwork,
then a pipe of a suitable length for the application is inserted into the fire collar
until flush with the surface of the formwork. The pipe installations are completed
after the concrete floor has been poured, and the formwork removed.
Cast-in (Short) Fire collars
• Low profile design (80mm height) suitable for concrete floor slab thicknesses
from 100mm upwards.
• Pipe tight neck design holds pipe perpendicular and concrete tight.
• Choice of 6 fire collar sizes for pipe diameters and types:
- PVC 40/50/65/80/90/100mm.
- HDPE 100mm & PP 100mm.
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars SHORT

Order number RFCL40S RFCL50S RFCL65S RFCL80S RFCL90S RFCL100S
Pipe size(nom)/type PVC 40mm PVC 50mm PVC 65mm PVC 80mm PVC 90mm PVC 100mm
HDPE100mm
PP100mm
Body material Polypropylene ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intumescent material Expanding fire resistant ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Retaining ring Galvanised steel ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Full height 80mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 80mm
Full width (base) 162mm 162mm 162mm 215mm 215mm 215mm
Internal Cutout width (base) 107mm 107mm 107mm 160mm 160mm 160mm
Fire Rating Level (FRL) -/240/240 -/240/240 -/240/240 -/240/240 -/240/240 -/240/240

42.3
Retrofit Fire Collars
Surface Mounted
42.3 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - RETROFIT

Pipe penetrations through existing concrete floors
Where a pipe penetration through a cored hole in a concrete floor requires fire

protection, use retrofit fire collars. Also suitable for the fire rating of existing pipe
penetrations in multiple level buildings undergoing refurbishment, renovation
or upgrade. Retrofit fire collars are installed around the pipe, then anchored direct
to the underside of the concrete floor.
Retrofit Stackwork Fire collars (Low profile)
• Low profile design (40mm height) for normal space, tight space and close to
ceiling applications.
• For pipe clusters with limited space between each pipe.
• One piece galvanised steel body with fixed mounting brackets.
• Choose from 2 body sizes that suit multiple pipe diameters and types:
- Small body for PVC pipe 40/50/65mm (nom).
- Large body for PVC pipe 80/90/100mm (nom). HDPE pipe 100mm.
Retrofit Stackwork Fire collars LOW PROFILE
Order number RFC65R RFC100R
Pipe size(nom)/type PVC 40/50/65mm PVC 80/90/100mm. HDPE 100mm
Body material Galvanised steel ✓ ✓
Intumescent material Expanding Fire Resistant ✓ ✓
Mounting brackets Galvanised steel ✓ ✓
Body height 40mm 40mm
Fire Rating Level (FRL) -/240/240 -/240/240

43.1
Fire Rated Anchors
Mechanical

Product
Ramset™ fire rated anchors have been designed for fast

high strength anchoring of suspension systems.
• AnkaScrew™ Rod and Stud for fast anchoring of

pipe and cable suspension systems.
• AnkaScrew™ 5 x 30mm Hex head for fast fixing of
retrofit fire collars, metal boxes and metal ducts.
• RediDrive™ 5 x 30mm. Hammer in anchor for bracket
fixing to concrete.
• DynaSet™ M10 flanged and M12 drop in anchors for
heavy duty pipe and cable tray suspensions.

AnkaScrew™ ROD and STUD
is suitable for the suspension of:
- Sprinkler pipe systems
- Metal and plastic pipes
- Steel ductwork
- Steel trays, channel and steel trapeze.
- Applicable for overhead, horizontal and vertical applications
• Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005
• Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
• Patented “sharks tooth” thread reduces the torque
required to set the anchor. Provides substantial anchorage.
• The wider thread angle increases the mechanical interlock
with the substrate. Low thread pitch provides resistance
to cyclic loading.
• Galvanised coating - increases corrosion protection
• Ideal for fast power tool installation with socket adaptor
AnkaScrew™ STUD
Description
p Part No,, Working Load Limit
(Tension) 32MPa Concrete
AnkaScrewTM Rod
AS06035R *500kg
AnkaScrew™ ROD
AnkaScrew 6x35mm M10
AnkaScrewTM Stud
AS06035S *500kg
6x35mm M8
* This value incorporates a Factor of Safety FoS = 3 from the tested characteristic load = 1.5t
Product
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation Le

• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts AnkaScrew™ 5 x 30mm Hex head - Part Number AS05030H
to grind off. • Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
• Does not expand and burst concrete.

43.1
Fire Rated Anchors
Mechanical
Product
The RediDrive™ Anchor is a strong, impact setting Le

Fast installation:
• Anchor is simply hammered in.
Secure: RediDrive™ 5 x 30mm - Part Number RD05030
• Mushroom head is tamper resistant and interference fit is
• Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005
permanent.
• Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
Suitable for non-coastal exterior use:
• Mechanical Zinc Plating.
Product L
The DynaSet Anchor is a heavy duty, displacement
™
setting expansion anchor. db dh

Fast installation:
• Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
DynaSet™ M10 flanged - Part Number DSF10
Convenient: M12 drop in anchors - Part Number DSM12
• Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths. • Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005
• Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes. • Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:
• Internal threaded design.
• No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.

44
Introduction
Cast-In Anchoring
Cast-In
Anchoring
Cast-In Anchoring
Whether an application calls for precast or cast in-situ components, All Cast-In products are available in Zinc and Hot Dipped Galvanised
there is a suitable Cast-In solution for almost every design case. to cater for a wide range of environmental conditions. Reid™ Elephant
Foot™ Ferrules are also available in Stainless Steel.
Ramset™ understands the importance of supporting the product with
technically superior design information, such as this resource book, to The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the
guide correct product selection and safe installation. ferrule range of Cast-In solutions and provides direction on where
to obtain the performance information to allow selection of the right
Extensive research, development and testing are invested by Cast-In solution for the job.
Ramset™ so that designers can be secure in the knowledge that
they have access to the real performance and capabilities of Cast-in
products.
As many of the Cast-In solutions are also available from Ramset™,

all the technical information is developed and published in conjunction
with our sister company Reid™. Care should be taken to remember
that this performance data should not be used to justify generic
replacement that may appear physically similar, as the actual
performance will be heavily influenced by the steel grade and
manufacturing tolerances.

44-45
Ferrules
Cast-In Anchoring
Reid™ Elephant Foot™ Ferrules

44 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
The Elephant Foot Ferrule is a premium grade, medium
to heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.
Cast-In Anchoring
Improved security:
• No cross bar required to develop rated capacity.
High Quality Material Options:
• 5.8 grade.
• 42 micron hot dip galvanised coating.
• Premium 316 SS.
Versatile:
• Use in near or far face applications with our range of accessories.
• May be used with small rebar for fixing to mesh.
Reid™ Round Bar Ferrules

45 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
The Round Ferrule is a medium to heavy duty, cast-in
ferrule.

Economical:
• Simple cost effective design.
• 42 micron hot dip galvanised coating.
Versatile:
• Use in near face, far face or side face applications with our
range of accessories.
Double ended round bar ferrules, ideal for fixing points on both sides of the panel at the same location, are also available.
Manufactured in M16 and M20 threads, to suit common panel thicknesses.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
To obtain a copy of the latest Reid™ Technical Design manual please contact a Reid™ Engineer on 1300 780 250.

Design Worksheet
Project
Design
Location
Project ID Date
Design by Checked
Sketch Notes
N* & V* are the per anchor load cases.

Check both external and internal anchors for suitability.
Tensile design action effect N* kN

Shear design action effect V* kN
Fixture thickness t mm
Concrete compressive strength f’c MPa
Anchor spacing a mm
Edge distance e mm
No. of anchors in row parallel to edge n
Direction of shear load degs.

Table 1a Interaction Diagram Anchor Type
Find intersection of N* and V* values.
Select anchor size.
Table 1b Absolute minima, am & em

Check for compliance with absolute minima Tick
Step 1c Calculate effective depth, h
Anchor size selected? Tick

Comply with absolute minima? Tick
Effective depth, h calculated? Tick
Notes for this application

Introduction Specifiers Resource Book

Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc x
Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne x
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae
x or
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai
Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =

Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, ØNus
Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf
ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
N* / ØNur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1. TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED

Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, ØVuc
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc x
Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd x
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva x
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn x
Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn =

Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, ØVus
™ Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, ØVsf
ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
V* / ØVur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

✔ IS09001 accredited test facility
✔ Tested in Australian building materials If not satisfied return to step 1. SHEAR DESIGN COMPLETED
✔ Tested to Australian Standards STEP 6 Combined loading and specification

Quality
✔ Australian Engineers derive performance data ISO 9001
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2 ? / + / = Tick
It means our customers can If not satisfied return to step 1. DESIGN CHECK COMPLETED
specify with confidence! Specify
Ramset™ extensive technical support literature is available from

www.ramset.com.au or a Ramset™ Engineer in your state.
2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 243

For additional information or
any further enquiries, contact
your local Ramset™ engineer:

Specifiers
STATE BRANCHES
VICTORIA NEW SOUTH WALES QUEENSLAND
96 Church Street, Richmond 3121 71 Carnarvon Street, Silverwater 2128 281 Montague Road, West End 4101
296-298 Maroondah Highway, 563 Gardeners Road, Mascot 2020 153 Ingham Road, Townsville 4810
Resource
HEAD OFFICE Mooroolbark 3138 77 Munibung Road, Cardiff 2285
296-298 Maroondah Highway
Mooroolbark, Victoria 3138 SOUTH AUSTRALIA ACT WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Tel: 03 9726 6222 115 Sir Donald Bradman Drive, 5/19 Tennant Street, 1/12 Colin Jamieson Drive,
Hilton 5033 Fyshwick 2609
© Copyright 2009 RAM9002

Welshpool 6106
ITW Construction Systems Australia Pty. Ltd. ABN 48 004 297 009 trading as Ramset™. ™Trademarks of Cetram Pty. Ltd. used under licence by Ramset™ Book
Edition 2
Sales, Orders and Enquiries

Tel: 1300 780 063
Fax: 1300 780 064
Edition 2
Email: enquiry@ramset.com.au
Web: www.ramset.com.au

Ramset Specifiers Resource Book 09

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ramset Specifiers Resource Book 09

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

For additional information or

any further enquiries, contact

Specifiers Resource Book

© Copyright 2009 RAM9002

Sales, Orders and Enquiries

Specifiers Resource Book Design Worksheet

Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =

STEP 3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf

N* / ØNur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

If not satisfied return to step 1. TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED

STEP 4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn =

STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf

V* / ØVur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

✔ Tested to Australian Standards STEP 6 Combined loading and specification

Ramset™ extensive technical support literature is available from

2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 243

Welcome To The Ramset™

www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 3

Section Page No Section Page No Section Page No

INTRODUCTION 3 15 ChemSet™ 101 Injection

4 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063

PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Suitable for use in seismic design. Temporary or removable anchor.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Chemical anchors suitable for use in holes

Anchor can be through fixed into substrate

www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 5

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION

PERMISSIBLE STRESS NOTATION

6 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063

www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 7

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN

STEP 1 Select anchor to be evaluated

ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.

If the above questions are answered satisfactorily,

8 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063

STEP 2 Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

STEP 3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),

Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity

www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 9

STEP 4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate Examples

ACTION Note down the value for ØVuc

ACTION Note down the value for Xvc

The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edge is

For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence of the

If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0

Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc

ØVurcc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)

This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete

For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel to an

ACTION Note down the value of ØVurc

10 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063

STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),

Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf

STEP 6 Combined loading and specification

N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,

N/ØNur + V/ØVur ≤ 1.2,